Sunteți pe pagina 1din 324

GGS-000374-02E

December 2015

iPASOLINK VR 10
OPERATION &
MAINTENANCE

NEC Corporation
7-1, Shiba 5-Chome, Minato-Ku, Tokyo 108-8001, Japan

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


GGS-000374-02E

© 2015 by NEC Corporation

GGS-000374-02E
Printed in Japan

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTENTS –i–

iPASOLINK VR 10
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

CONTENTS

1. GENERAL 1-1

2. PRECAUTION 2-1

3. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-1

3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3.2 Current Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2


3.2.1 Metering Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.2.2 View/Change Current Metering Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

3.3 Performance Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5


3.3.1 View PM Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
3.3.2 MODEM PMON Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.3.2.1 PM Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.3.2.2 Monitoring Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
3.3.3 E1 PMON Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.3.3.1 PM Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.3.3.2 Monitoring Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
3.3.4 STM-1 PMON Report — DMR-RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3.3.4.1 PM Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
3.3.4.2 Monitoring Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
3.3.5 STM-1 PMON Report — RS/MS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.3.5.1 PM Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
3.3.5.2 Monitoring Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
3.3.6 ETH RMON Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
3.3.6.1 PM Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
3.3.7 VLAN Counter Report — VLAN Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
3.3.7.1 PM Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E


December 2015

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


– ii – CONTENTS

3.3.7.2 Monitoring Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18


3.3.8 VLAN Counter Report — Shaper Group Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3.3.8.1 PM Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
3.3.9 PM Counter Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.3.9.1 MODEM PM Counter Ragne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.3.9.2 STM-1, E1 PM Counter Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.3.9.3 Ethernet Interface PM Counter Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
3.3.10 TCA Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3.3.10.1 MODEM TCA Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3.3.10.2 MODEM RX Level TCA Default Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
3.3.10.3 MODEM RF BBE TCA Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
3.3.10.4 IDU TCA Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
3.3.10.5 STM-1, E1 TCA Threhold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.3.10.6 SFP TCA Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
3.3.10.7 Ethernet Interface TCA Threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

4. CONTROL ITEMS 4-1

4.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1


4.1.1 Maintenance Control Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4.2 Before Starting Maintenance Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4


4.2.1 Wrist Strap Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for WebLCT Operation). . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4.3 Loopback Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7


4.3.1 IF Loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4.3.1.1 Loopback Operation on Local Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
4.3.1.2 Loopback Operation on Remote Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.3.2 TDM Loopback Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4.3.2.1 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
4.3.2.2 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
4.3.2.3 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
4.3.2.4 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
4.3.3 L2 Loopback Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
4.3.4 Link OAM Loopback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

4.4 Switching Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35


4.4.1 Manual Switch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
4.4.2 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTENTS – iii –

4.4.2.1 TX Switch Manual Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36


4.4.2.2 RX Switch Manual Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
4.4.2.3 Lock-In Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
4.4.3 RSTP/MSTP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
4.4.4 ERP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
4.4.4.1 Execute ERP Switching Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-47
4.4.4.2 Execute Loop Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
4.4.5 LAG Revert Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
4.4.6 SNCP Switch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55
4.4.7 APS Switch Group Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
4.4.8 Timing Source Switch Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4.4.8.1 Unlock the Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
4.4.8.2 Switch Timing Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63

4.5 MODEM Maintenance Control (Radio Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65


4.5.1 ATPC Manual Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
4.5.2 TX Mute Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
4.5.2.1 TX Mute Control on Local Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
4.5.2.2 TX Mute Control Operation on Remote Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73
4.5.3 CW Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
4.5.4 TX Modulation Manual Control (for AMR Mode only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
4.5.5 Reset XPIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82

4.6 Laser Shutdown Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84


4.6.1 Laser Shutdown Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
4.6.2 ALS Manual Switch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87

4.7 Equipment Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89


4.7.1 Reset H/W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
4.7.2 Reset F/W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
4.7.2.1 Reset CPU (IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
4.7.2.2 Reset CPU (ODU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96

4.8 Main Card Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99


4.8.1 Main Card Control Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
4.8.2 Switch Over Roles of Main Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
4.8.3 Set Main Card to Out of Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
4.8.3.1 Set OOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
4.8.3.2 Release from OOS Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


– iv – CONTENTS

4.9 Offline Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106


4.9.1 DADE Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
4.9.2 RF Sub Band Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
4.9.3 Adjust X-DEM Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
4.9.4 Adjust Delay Equalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115

4.10 PTP Domain Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118


4.10.1 Enable PTP Switch Control Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
4.10.2 Execute PTP SW Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120

4.11 Maintenance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122

4.12 Equipment Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129


4.12.1 Backup Database [Export (NE ➞ Storage) Utility] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
4.12.2 Update Database [Update (Storage➞ NE) Utility] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
4.12.2.1 Update Program File — Main Card (IDU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
4.12.2.2 Update Program File — ODU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
4.12.2.3 Update FPGA Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
4.12.2.4 Update Configuration Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
4.12.2.5 Update MODEM Parameter Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
4.12.2.6 Update SSL Server Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
4.12.2.7 Update CLI Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
4.12.3 Switch (Swap) Program ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
4.12.3.1 Switch (Swap) Main Card ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
4.12.3.2 Switch ODU ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
4.12.4 Check USB Memory Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
4.12.5 Log Clear Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
4.12.6 Restore Factory Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170

4.13 Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173


4.13.1 Equipment Inventory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
4.13.1.1 IDU Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
4.13.1.2 ODU Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-177
4.13.2 Software License Key Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
4.13.3 User Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183

5. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-1

5.1 Equipment Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTENTS –v–

5.1.1 Reporting Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1


5.1.2 Alarm Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5.2 View Current Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2


5.2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2.2 Display Current Status Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2.2.1 Active Alarm Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.2.2.2 Event Log Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.2.2.3 MODEM/ODU Tab and List of Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
5.2.2.4 IDU Tab and List of Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
5.2.2.5 E1 Tab and List of Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
5.2.2.6 STM-1 Tab and List of Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
5.2.2.7 ETH Tab and List of Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
5.2.2.8 MSE Tab and List of Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5.2.3 Save the Displayed Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

5.3 Alarm Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18


5.3.1 iPASOLINK VR 10 Controls and Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.3.1.1 iPASOLINK VR 10 Main Shelf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.3.1.2 MC-MV Card (Main Card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
5.3.1.3 TERM-MV Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5.3.1.4 Universal Slots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
5.3.1.5 PS-MV Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
5.3.1.6 FAN-MV Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

5.4 Trouble Shooting Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21


5.4.1 Troubleshoot ODU TX Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
5.4.2 Troubleshoot ODU RX Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
5.4.3 Troubleshoot IDU Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

5.5 Replacing Procedures for Radio Portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

5.6 Replacing Procedure for IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25


5.6.1 Replace Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
5.6.2 Replace IDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

5.7 Trouble Clearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28


5.7.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5.7.2 Making Contact with NEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5.7.3 Objects and Their Condition Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
5.7.4 Clearing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


– vi – CONTENTS

Adaptive CLK Status.................................................................................. 5-36


ALS ............................................................................................................ 5-36
APS Lock-in Status .................................................................................... 5-36
APS Online Status ..................................................................................... 5-36
APS Protection Status ............................................................................... 5-36
APS SW ..................................................................................................... 5-36
ATPC Power Mode .................................................................................... 5-37
AU AIS ....................................................................................................... 5-37
AU LOP ...................................................................................................... 5-37
Bus Error .................................................................................................... 5-38
Card Type Mismatch .................................................................................. 5-38
CLK Drift .................................................................................................... 5-38
CLK FAIL ................................................................................................... 5-39
CLK Status Changed ................................................................................. 5-40
CLK2M Mount Status ................................................................................. 5-40
Cluster Alarm Out ...................................................................................... 5-40
Communication FAIL ................................................................................. 5-40
Compression Setting Mismatch ................................................................. 5-41
DB Mismatch.............................................................................................. 5-41
Delay Equalizer Setting Mismatch ............................................................. 5-42
E1 AIS........................................................................................................ 5-43
E1 AIS Generated ...................................................................................... 5-43
E1 LOS ...................................................................................................... 5-43
Early Warning ............................................................................................ 5-44
ETH LOS.................................................................................................... 5-44
ETH TF ...................................................................................................... 5-44
ETH-OAM LOC .......................................................................................... 5-45
ETH-OAM Mismerge.................................................................................. 5-46
ETH-OAM RDI ........................................................................................... 5-46
ETH-OAM Unexpected MEP ..................................................................... 5-47
EXT CLK AIS ............................................................................................. 5-47
EXT CLK LOF ............................................................................................ 5-48
EXT CLK Loop ........................................................................................... 5-48
EXT CLK LOS ............................................................................................ 5-49
EXT CLK Mount Status .............................................................................. 5-49
EXT CLK Output Status ............................................................................. 5-49
EXT CLK Quality Level .............................................................................. 5-49
EXT CLK Type Mismatch........................................................................... 5-50
EXT CLK Unequipped................................................................................ 5-50
FAN Fail ..................................................................................................... 5-51
FDB Full ..................................................................................................... 5-51
Firmware / FPGA Mismatch ....................................................................... 5-51
Firmware Version Mismatch ...................................................................... 5-52
Flow Control ............................................................................................... 5-52
Frame ID .................................................................................................... 5-52
High BER ................................................................................................... 5-53
HP PLM...................................................................................................... 5-53
HP RDI ....................................................................................................... 5-54
HP TIM ....................................................................................................... 5-54
HP UNEQ................................................................................................... 5-55

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTENTS – vii –

IF Cable Short ............................................................................................ 5-55


Inphase ...................................................................................................... 5-55
L2SYNC Loss ............................................................................................ 5-56
LACP Status .............................................................................................. 5-56
LAG LINK ................................................................................................... 5-56
LAG LLF Status ......................................................................................... 5-56
LAG Port Loop Detect ................................................................................ 5-57
LAG Port Status ......................................................................................... 5-57
LAN Link .................................................................................................... 5-57
License Mismatch ...................................................................................... 5-58
Link OAM Down ......................................................................................... 5-58
LLF............................................................................................................. 5-58
LLF Message Timeout ............................................................................... 5-59
LO REF ...................................................................................................... 5-59
LOF ............................................................................................................ 5-59
LOM ........................................................................................................... 5-60
Low BER .................................................................................................... 5-60
LP PLM ...................................................................................................... 5-61
LP RDI ....................................................................................................... 5-61
LP UNEQ ................................................................................................... 5-62
LTI.............................................................................................................. 5-62
Main Card Alarm ........................................................................................ 5-62
Main Card CPU Alarm ............................................................................... 5-63
Maintenance .............................................................................................. 5-63
MDI/MDI-X ................................................................................................. 5-64
MOD........................................................................................................... 5-64
MODEM Power Supply .............................................................................. 5-64
MODEM Power Supply Alarm.................................................................... 5-64
Module ....................................................................................................... 5-65
MS AIS ....................................................................................................... 5-65
MS RDI ...................................................................................................... 5-65
Mute Status ................................................................................................ 5-66
ODU Alarm................................................................................................. 5-66
ODU CPU / Cable Open ............................................................................ 5-66
ODU Power Supply .................................................................................... 5-66
Online Status ............................................................................................. 5-67
PJE ............................................................................................................ 5-67
Power Supply............................................................................................. 5-67
PPS Fail ..................................................................................................... 5-68
Radio Traffic Aggregation Encapsulation Error.......................................... 5-68
Radio Traffic Aggregation Link................................................................... 5-68
Radio Traffic Aggregation Port Status ....................................................... 5-68
Radio Traffic Aggregation Setting Mismatch.............................................. 5-69
Radio Transmission Mode Mismatch ......................................................... 5-69
Radio Transparent Clock Setting ............................................................... 5-70
RDI............................................................................................................. 5-71
Remote Critical Event ................................................................................ 5-71
Remote Dying Gasp................................................................................... 5-71
Remote Errored Frame .............................................................................. 5-72
Remote Errored Frame Period................................................................... 5-72

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


– viii – CONTENTS

Remote Errored Frame Seconds Summary............................................... 5-72


Remote Errored Frame Symbol Period...................................................... 5-72
Remote Link Fault ...................................................................................... 5-72
RS DEG ..................................................................................................... 5-73
RS EXC...................................................................................................... 5-73
RS LOF ...................................................................................................... 5-74
RS TIM ....................................................................................................... 5-74
RS UAS Status .......................................................................................... 5-75
Running Status .......................................................................................... 5-75
RX Bus Error .............................................................................................. 5-75
RX Level .................................................................................................... 5-76
RX Modulation ........................................................................................... 5-76
RX SW Status ............................................................................................ 5-76
SBY Communication FAIL (TERM)............................................................ 5-76
SBY RX Bus Error...................................................................................... 5-77
SBY TX Bus Error ...................................................................................... 5-77
SFP Port Type ........................................................................................... 5-78
SFP Removed............................................................................................ 5-78
SFP Type Mismatch................................................................................... 5-78
SNCP Protection Status............................................................................. 5-79
SNCP SW .................................................................................................. 5-79
Softkey Equip Serial Mismatch .................................................................. 5-79
Speed & Duplex ......................................................................................... 5-80
Squelch ...................................................................................................... 5-80
SSM Fail .................................................................................................... 5-80
STM-1 AIS Generated ............................................................................... 5-80
STM-1 LOS ................................................................................................ 5-80
Switch Complete ........................................................................................ 5-81
Switch Over FAIL ....................................................................................... 5-81
Switched Reason ....................................................................................... 5-81
Switched Time ........................................................................................... 5-81
TDM Buffer Underrun................................................................................. 5-82
TDM/AMR Range Mismatch ...................................................................... 5-82
Temperature .............................................................................................. 5-83
TERM Card Change .................................................................................. 5-83
TF............................................................................................................... 5-83
Total FDB Full ............................................................................................ 5-84
TU AIS ....................................................................................................... 5-84
TU LOP ...................................................................................................... 5-84
TX Bus Error .............................................................................................. 5-85
TX Input ..................................................................................................... 5-85
TX Modulation ............................................................................................ 5-85
TX Power ................................................................................................... 5-85
TX SW Lock-in Status ................................................................................ 5-86
TX SW Reverse Request ........................................................................... 5-86
TX SW Status ............................................................................................ 5-86
Type Mismatch........................................................................................... 5-86
UAE............................................................................................................ 5-87
Unequipped................................................................................................ 5-87
Unlocked .................................................................................................... 5-88

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTENTS – ix –

Usage Error................................................................................................ 5-88


XIF ............................................................................................................. 5-88
XPIC Mode Mismatch ................................................................................ 5-89
XPIC Pair Mute Mode Mismatch ................................................................ 5-89

5.8 Alarm Action Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90


5.8.1 STM-1 Interface [Through Mode] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
5.8.2 STM-1 Interface [Channelized Mode] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
5.8.3 E1 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


– x/END – CONTENTS

This page is intentionally left blank.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


GENERAL 1-1

1. GENERAL

This chapter provides information regarding the routine and corrective maintenance
for the iPASOLINK VR 10 of the 6 to 42 GHz PDH/SDH digital radio system.

The information includes the following with their instructions and procedures:

 Precautions for maintenance

 Materials for maintenance (test sets and accessories)

 Procedures for routine maintenance tasks

 Procedures for switching control operation

 Descriptions and procedures for corrective maintenance tasks

NOTE: CWDMF does not have its registration information, that is, its inventory
information cannot be retrieved. To check the CWDMF type, retrieve the
information of SFP that is on the card associated with the target CWDMF.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


1-2/END GENERAL

This page is intentionally left blank.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


PRECAUTION 2-1

2. PRECAUTION

The maintenance personnel should report his/her arrival and departure from a station
to the relevant station. Following precautions must be carefully observed during
maintenance.

 Warning

1. The –48V DC power is superimposed on the center conductor of the coaxial


cable between the IDU and the ODU. Connecting the test equipment directly
to this terminal may damage it and touching the coaxial cable core may cause
electrical shock.

2. Maintenance personnel must take necessary steps to prevent the


Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) that may damage the cards on the IDU or
cause errors. Wear a conductive wrist strap connected to the grounded (G)
jack on the front of the equipment shelf. This will minimize the static build-up
during maintenance.

3. Turn off the ODU PWR switch on the associated MODEM Card before
connecting/disconnecting the I/F cable to prevent the equipment from being
damaged.

4. Once the equipment is powered on, wait at least 5 minutes before turning its
power off. Repeatedly turning the power on and off within a short interval may
cause the equipment damaged.

5. Do not allow an ODU TX Output to be opened or short-circuited while the TX


power is on. Execute the TX Mute Control operation in the Maintenance
Mode, or turn the ODU PWR switch on IDU off before disconnecting a cable
or feeder from the ODU TX Output.

6. Contact NEC before downloading programs onto the WebLCT. Equipment


may not function correctly if the download takes place improperly.

 Caution

1. In a system using the CWDM, do not stare at the laser beam or look at it
directly with optical instruments, or it may hurt your eyes (Class 1M laser
product).

2. Be aware that the top surface of the IDU above MODEM turns very hot in
operation.

3. Before replacing the IDU, turn off the ODU PWR switch and disconnect all
cables.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


2-2 PRECAUTION

4. Before performing the maintenance, the Maintenance Mode of IDU should be


set to on by the LCT.

5. In order to prevent the traffic from causing interruption while in the


maintenance, execute the TX/RX SW Manual Switching in the 1+1 system.

6. Detected and reported alarm status will be updated by executing CPU Reset
that initializes the CPU.

7. Information on the maintenance and the control such as Mute, CW, LB, etc. is
released if the power is turned off.

8. If each setup item of NE SETUP or SYSTEM OPERATION is changed during


operation, traffic will be momentarily interrupted.

9. When the TX SW is activated, momentary traffic interruption may occur.

10. After completing maintenance, restore all connections, manual control


settings to normal and confirm that all alarm LEDs are unlit.

11. After equipment start-up, allow the equipment to warm up at least 30 minutes.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


PRECAUTION 2-3

 Handling of Connectors

 Straight Type
To tighten the TNC-Male Connector of I/F Cable to the IDU, engage the connector
nut only using fingers while holding the cable by the other hand.

Figure 2-1 Straight Type

IDU

I/F CABLE

 L-Shape Type
Tighten the engage connector nut only as well. [Tightening Torque: 0.3 to 0.5 N-m (3
to 5 kg-cm)].

Figure 2-2 L-Shape Type

IDU

I/F CABLE

Rotating this type of connector by holding other parts, as illustrated below, may
damage the connector:

Figure 2-3 Bad Example

IDU

I/F CABLE

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


2-4/END PRECAUTION

This page is intentionally left blank.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-1

3. ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.1 Overview
Following procedures are provided for the routine maintenance and checks, which
ensures the equipment to operate properly, and prevents the equipment and system
from being damaged.

Before starting these checking procedures, carefully observe the precautions


described in the 2. PRECAUTION section.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-2 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.2 Current Metering

3.2.1 Metering Items

Following items can be set to measure:


Metering Items

Item Description

MODEM TX Power Indicates the RF output power level at ODU.

RX Level Indicates the RF input power level at ODU.

ODU Power Supply Indicates the voltage level of Power Supply at ODU.

BER Indicates the value of BER measurement.

TX Modulation Indicates the current TX Modulation.

RX Modulation Indicates the current RX Modulation.

SFP SFP TX Power Indicates the optical output power of SFP.

SFP RX Power Indicates the optical input power of SFP.

FAN FAN Speed Indicates the number of fan rotations per minute (rpm).

IDU IDU Temperature Indicates the internal temperature (Celsius scale)

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-3

3.2.2 View/Change Current Metering Setting


Procedure 3-1

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Metering to select Current Metering.

3. The Current Metering window appears. To view or change the metering


setting, click the link of target object.

Figure 3-1 Current Metering Window

click

The Current Metering option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-4 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

4. Click the Normal Speed / High Speed radio button provided for the Refresh
Cycle option to specify the period of retrieving data:

Figure 3-2 Current Metering Option Window (MODEM)

Figure 3-3 Current Metering Option Window (SFP)

Table 3-1 Current Metering Parameter

Parameter Value Description

Refresh Cycle Normal Speed (10sec) Refreshes measured value every 10 seconds.

High Speed (3sec) Refreshes measured values every 3 seconds.

NOTES:
1. If a parameter indicates the abnormal value, check the Current Status and the
performance monitor (Current/History PMON/RMON Report), and operate the
loopback test to isolate the alarmed sections from the normal sections.
2. RX LEVEL varies depending on the received RF signal level.
3. ODU Power Supply voltage varies depending on the length of I/F Cable between IDU
and ODU.

5. Click the Cancel button on top of the Current Metering window. This step
ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-5

3.3 Performance Monitoring


The Performance Monitoring (PM) is used to identify and isolate the problem if
occurred at a particular line or path. This function also monitors the quality of lines
and paths. All Performance Monitoring parameters are collected every minute and
accumulated to 15-minute and 24-hour (1 day) statistics.
 Red-colored field indicates the value of TCN report.
 Yellow-colored field indicates that the system is in the Maintenance Mode.
 A value with an asterisk (*) is invalid, which could not appropriately be
obtained due to the failed condition (alarm), etc.

3.3.1 View PM Reports


Procedure 3-1

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand PMON/RMON Report to select the
desired object. Example below selects MODEM PMON Report.

Figure 3-4 PMON/RMON Report — MODEM PMON Report Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-6 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.2 MODEM PMON Report

Figure 3-5 MODEM PM Report


 Clicking the link opens its detailed data.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-7

3.3.2.1 PM Items
Table 3-2 PM Items for MODEM

Monitor Type Description Spec.

RF BBE Background Block Error The sum of the background block error. ITU-T G.826

RF ES Errored Second The cumulative time in which more than ITU-T G.826
one block error per second was detected.

RF SES Severely Errored Second The cumulative time in which the BER of a ITU-T G.826
one second period exceeded a set
percentage (30%).

RF SEP Severely Errored Period The cumulative time in which the BER of a ITU-T G.826
one second period exceeded 10E-3.

RF UAS Unavailable Second The cumulative time in which the unit ITU-T G.826
remained inoperative.

RF OFS Out of Frame Second The total number of seconds of Out of ITU-T G.826
Frame condition, which is generated in 15
minute-blocks. (OFS is applied to the Total
only).

RX Level 1 (MAX) The minimum and maximum reception ITU-T G.826


level. If two routes exist, monitoring takes
RX Level 1 (MIN) place for No. 1 and 2 respectively).
RX Level 2 (MAX)

RX Level 2 (MIN)

TX Power (MAX) The minimum and maximum output power. ——

TX Power (MIN) ——

TX Modulation Modulating value at radio transmission. ——

RX Modulation Modulating value at radio reception. ——

3.3.2.2 Monitoring Points

Figure 3-6 Monitoring Point and Range for Line Failure

1 2

Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range

Near-End

RF BBE, ES, SES-, UAS, OFS 1 2➜1

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-8 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

Figure 3-7 Monitoring Point and Range for ODU Receiving Level

1 2

Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range

Near-End

RF ODU RX Level (MAX)


1 2➜1
ODU RX Level (MIN)

Figure 3-8 Monitoring Point and Range for ODU Transmitting Level

1 2

Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range

Near-End

RF ODU TX Power (MAX)


2 2
ODU TX Power (MIN)

Figure 3-9 Monitoring Point and Range for ODU Modulating Level

1 2

Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range

Near-End

RF TX Modulation 2 2

RX Modulation 1 1

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-9

3.3.3 E1 PMON Report

Figure 3-10 E1 Interface PM Report


 Clicking the link opens its detailed data.

3.3.3.1 PM Items
Table 3-3 PM Items for E1 Interface

Monitor Type Description Spec.

E1 E1 CV Near-end Code Violation ———

3.3.3.2 Monitoring Points

Figure 3-11 Monitoring Point and Range for E1 Line Failure

1
Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range

Near-End

E1 CV 2 1➜2

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-10 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.4 STM-1 PMON Report — DMR-RS

Figure 3-12 STM-1 Interface PM Report


 Clicking the link opens its detailed data.

3.3.4.1 PM Items

Table 3-4 PM Items for STM-1 Interface

Monitor Type Description Spec.

DMR-RS BBE Near-end Background Block Error ITU-T G.826 G.784

ES Near-end Errored Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

SES Near-end Severely Errored Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

SEP Near-end Severely Error Period ———

UAS Unavailable Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

OFS Out of Frame Seconds ITU-T G.784

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-11

3.3.4.2 Monitoring Points

Figure 3-13 Monitoring Point and Range for STM-1 RS

1 2

4 3

Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range

Near-End

STM-1 RS BBE, ES, SES, UAS, OFS 1 2➜1

SFP TX Power 4 4

SFP RX Power 1 1

Figure 3-14 Monitoring Point and Range for STM-1 MS

4 3

1 2

Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range

Near-End

STM-1 MS BBE, ES, SES, UAS 4 3➜4

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-12 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.5 STM-1 PMON Report — RS/MS


Figure 3-15 STM-1 Interface PM Report
 Clicking the link opens its detailed data.

3.3.5.1 PM Items
Table 3-5 PM Items for STM-1 Interface

Monitor Type Description Spec.

RS BBE Near-end Background Block Error ITU-T G.826 G.784

ES Near-end Errored Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

SES Near-end Severely Errored Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

SEP Near-end Severely Error Period ———

UAS Unavailable Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

OFS Out of Frame Seconds ITU-T G.784

SFP RX Power SFP received power (Min) ———

SFP TX Power SFP transmit power (Min) ———

MS BBE Near-end Background Block Error ITU-T G.826 G.784

ES Near-end Errored Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

SES Near-end Severely Errored Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

SEP Near-end Severely Error Period ———

UAS Unavailable Seconds ITU-T G.826 G.784

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-13

3.3.5.2 Monitoring Points

Figure 3-16 Monitoring Point and Range for STM-1 RS

1 2

Facility Monitoring Item Monitoring Point Monitoring Range


Near-End
DMR RS BBE, ES, SES, UAS, OFS 1 2➜1

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-14 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.6 ETH RMON Report


Figure 3-17 Ethernet Interface PM Report
 Clicking the link opens its detailed data.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-15

3.3.6.1 PM Items
Table 3-6 PM Items for Ethernet Interface (Sheet 1 of 2)

Monitor Type Description Spec.

RX Octs The total number of octets received on the interface, RFC2819


including framing characters.

TX Octs The total number of octets transmitted out of the interface, RFC2819
including framing characters.

RX Pkts Number of packets received (including bad packets, all RFC2819


Unicast, Broadcast packets, and Multicast packets).

TX Pkts The total number of packets transmitted. RFC2819

RX Drop Events A count of drop packets. RFC2819

RX Undersize Pkts Number of packets received that were less than 64 octets RFC2819
long and were otherwise well formed

RX Fragments Number of error frames of less than 64 octets in received RFC2819


data length.

RX 64Octs Number of received packets that were 64 octets in length RFC2819


(including error packets).

TX 64Octs Number of transmitted packets that are 64 octets in length RFC2819


(including error packets).

RX 65 to 127Octs Number of received packets that were between 65 and RFC2819


127 octets in length (including error packets)

TX 65 to 127Octs Number of transmitted and received packets that were RFC2819


between 65 and 127 octets in length (including error
packets).

RX128 to 255Octs Number of received packets that were between 128 and RFC2819
255 octets in length (including error packets).

TX128 to 255Octs Number of transmitted packets that were between 128 RFC2819
and 255 octets in length (including error packets).

RX 256 to 511Octs Number of received packets that were between 256 and RFC2819
511 octets in length (including error packets).

TX 256 to 511Octs Number of transmitted packets that were between 256 RFC2819
and 511 octets in length (including error packets).

RX 512 to 1023Octs Number of received packets that were between 512 and RFC2819
1023 octets in length (including error packets).

TX 512 to 1023Octs Number of transmitted packets that were between 512 RFC2819
and 1023 octets in length (including error packets).

RX 1024 to 1518Octs Number of received packets that were between 1023 and RFC2819
1518 octets in length (including error packets).

TX 1024 to 1518Octs Number of transmitted packets that were between 1024 RFC2819
and 1518 octets in length (including error packets).

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-16 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

Table 3-6 PM Items for Ethernet Interface (Sheet 2 of 2)

Monitor Type Description Spec.

RX CRC Alignment Errors Number of reception alignments of FCS error frames. RFC2819

RX Oversize Pkts A count of frames received on a particular interface that RFC2819


exceeds maximum size bytes.

RX Jabbers Number of error frames bigger than 1519 octets in receive RFC2819
data length.

RX Multicast Pkts Number of good multicast packets received (excluding RFC2819


broadcast packets).

TX Multicast Pkts The total number of packets that higher-level protocols RFC2819
requested to be transmitted to a multicast address.

RX Broadcast Pkts Number of good broadcast packets received. RFC2819

TX Broadcast Pkts The total number of packets that are higher-level RFC2819
protocols requested to be transmitted to a broadcast
address.

TX Collisions Number of collisions on this Ethernet segment. RFC2819

RX Unknown TPID Number of abandoned frames included in unsetting TPID RFC2819


frames received, or number of frames abandoned by
Broadcast Storm Control function.

RX Unknown VID Number of abandoned frames included in unsetting VID RFC2819


frames received.

RX MAC Limit Number of frames discarded due to exceeding MAC RFC2819


learning Limit.

RX Filter Discard Number of frames abandoned by input filtering function. RFC2819

RX QoS Discard Number of frames abandoned by Policing function of RFC2819


input port.

TX Queue# Discard Number of QoS frames discard by transmission Queue#. RFC2819


[# denotes the queue level 0 to 7.]

Per VLAN Rx Frames Number of frames received as particular VLAN RFC2819

Per VLAN Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted as particular VLAN RFC2819

Per VLAN Rx QoS Discard Number of discarded frames per VLAN basis. RFC2819

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-17

3.3.7 VLAN Counter Report — VLAN Counter


Figure 3-18 VLAN Counter PM Report
 Clicking the link opens its detailed data.

(leftmost filed)

(rightmost filed)

3.3.7.1 PM Items
Table 3-7 PM Items for Ethernet Interface

Monitor Type Description Spec.

Octets The total number of octets received on the interface. ——

Frames The total number of frames received on the interface. ——

Discard The total number of discarded frames per VLAN die to the
——
policing function.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-18 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.7.2 Monitoring Points

Figure 3-19 Monitoring Point for VLAN Counter

SLOT 4 / PORT 2 / VLAN 200


SLOT 3 / PORT 1 / VLAN 200 MONITORING POINT
MONITORING POINT

SLOT 3, PORT 1 SLOT 4, PORT 2

INGRESS EGRESS

VLAN 100 VLAN 200


VLAN 300

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-19

3.3.8 VLAN Counter Report — Shaper Group Counter


Figure 3-20 Shaper Group Counter PM Report
 Clicking the link opens its detailed data.

(leftmost filed)

(rightmost field)

3.3.8.1 PM Items
Table 3-8 PM Items for Ethernet Interface

Monitor Type Description Spec.

Octets Number of received. ——

Frames Number of frames. ——

Queue # Discard Number of discarded frames leveled to Queue #. ——


[# denotes the queue level 0 to 7]

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-20 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.9 PM Counter Ranges

3.3.9.1 MODEM PM Counter Ragne


Table 3-9 MODEM PM Counter Range

Monitor Type 15 Min PM Counter Range 24H PM Counter Range

RF OFS 0 to 900 0 to 86400

RF BBE Value depends on radio setting Value depends on radio setting


(CS and Modulation). (CS and Modulation).

RF ES 0 to 900 0 to 86400

RF SES 0 to 900 0 to 86400

RF SEP 0 to 900 0 to 86400

RF UAS 0 to 900 0 to 86400

3.3.9.2 STM-1, E1 PM Counter Range


Table 3-10 STM-1/E1 PM Counter Range

Monitor Type 15 Min PM Counter Range 24H PM Counter Range

OFS 0 to 900 0 to 86400

BBE 0 to 16777215 0 to 1610612640

ES 0 to 900 0 to 86400

SES 0 to 900 0 to 86400

SEP 0 to 900 0 to 86400

UAS 0 to 900 0 to 86400

E1 CV 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

3.3.9.3 Ethernet Interface PM Counter Range


Table 3-11 LAN PM Counter Range (Sheet 1 of 2)

Monitor Type 15 Min PM Counter Range 24H PM Counter Range

RX Octs 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

TX Octs 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

RX Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Drop Events 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Undersize Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Fragments 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-21

Table 3-11 LAN PM Counter Range (Sheet 2 of 2)

Monitor Type 15 Min PM Counter Range 24H PM Counter Range

RX 64Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX 64Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX 65 to 127Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX 65 to 127Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX 128 to 255Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX 128 to 255Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX 256 to 511Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX 256 to 511Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX 512 to 1023Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX 512 to 1023Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX 1024 to 1518Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX 1024 to 1518Octs 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX CRC Alignment Errors 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Oversize Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Jabbers 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Multicast Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX Multicast Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Broadcast Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX Broadcast Pkts 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

TX Collisions 0 to 4294967295 0 to 4294967295

RX Unknown TPID 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

RX Unknown VID 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

RX MAC Limit 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

RX Filter Discard 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

RX QoS Discard 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

TX Queue0 Discard 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

TX Queue1 Discard 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

TX Queue2 Discard 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

TX Queue3 Discard 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

Per VLAN Rx Frames 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

Per VLAN Tx Frames 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

Per VLAN Rx QoS Discard 0 to 18446744073709551615 0 to 18446744073709551615

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-22 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.10 TCA Threshold

3.3.10.1 MODEM TCA Threshold


Table 3-12 MODEM TCA Threshold

Monitor Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H TCA Threshold

Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold

Occur Recovery Occur Recovery

RF OFS 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RF BBE Values depend on the radio setting (CS and Values depend on the radio settings (CS
Modulation). and Modulation).

RF ES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RF SES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RF SEP 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RF UAS 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RX LEV –99 to –30 Values depend on the radio –99 to –30 Values depend on the radio
setting (CS and Modulation). setting (CS and Modulation).

3.3.10.2 MODEM RX Level TCA Default Threshold


Table 3-13 MODEM RX LEV TCA Default Threshold

Modulation Type CS = 7 MHz CS = 14 MHz CS = 28 MHz CS = 40MHz CS = 56 MHz

QPSK –98 dBm –95 dBm –92 dBm –91 dBm –89 dBm

16QAM –92 dBm –89 dBm –86 dBm –85 dBm –83 dBm

32QAM –89 dBm –86 dBm –83 dBm –82 dBm –80 dBm

64QAM –86 dBm –83 dBm –80 dBm –79 dBm –77 dBm

128QAM –83 dBm –80 dBm –77 dBm –76 dBm –74 dBm

256QAM –80 dBm –77 dBm –74 dBm –73 dBm –71 dBm

512QAM –77 dBm –74 dBm –71 dBm –70 dBm –68 dBm

1024QAM –74 dBm –71 dBm –68 dBm –67 dBm –65 dBm

2048QAM –71 dBm –68 dBm –65 dBm –64 dBm –62 dBm

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-23

3.3.10.3 MODEM RF BBE TCA Threshold


Table 3-14 MODEM RF BBE TCA Threshold (MODEM-A)

Modulation Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H TCA Threshold


CS Modulation Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold
Occur Recovery Occur Recovery
7M QPSK 1 to 805000 8050 805 1 to 77280000 772800 77280
16QAM 1 to 1611000 16110 1611 1 to 154656000 1546560 154656
32QAM 1 to 2014000 20140 2014 1 to 193344000 1933440 193344
64QAM 1 to 2417000 24170 2417 1 to 232032000 2320320 232032
128QAM 1 to 2820000 28200 2820 1 to 270720000 2707200 270720
256QAM 1 to 3223000 32230 3223 1 to 309408000 3094080 309408
14M QPSK 1 to 805000 8050 805 1 to 77280000 772800 77280
16QAM 1 to 1611000 16110 1611 1 to 154656000 1546560 154656
32QAM 1 to 2014000 20140 2014 1 to 193344000 1933440 193344
64QAM 1 to 2417000 24170 2417 1 to 232032000 2320320 232032
128QAM 1 to 2820000 28200 2820 1 to 270720000 2707200 270720
256QAM 1 to 3223000 32230 3223 1 to 309408000 3094080 309408
28M QPSK 1 to 805000 8050 805 1 to 77280000 772800 77280
16QAM 1 to 1611000 16110 1611 1 to 154656000 1546560 154656
32QAM 1 to 2014000 20140 2014 1 to 193344000 1933440 193344
64QAM 1 to 2417000 24170 2417 1 to 232032000 2320320 232032
128QAM 1 to 2820000 28200 2820 1 to 270720000 2707200 270720
256QAM 1 to 3223000 32230 3223 1 to 309408000 3094080 309408
512QAM 1 to 3626000 36260 3626 1 to 348096000 3480960 348096
40M QPSK 1 to 1208000 12080 12080 1 to 115968000 1159680 115968
16QAM 1 to 2215000 22150 2215 1 to 212640000 2126400 212640
32QAM 1 to 2629000 26290 2629 1 to 252384000 2523840 252384
64QAM 1 to 3228000 32280 3228 1 to 309888000 3098880 309888
128QAM 1 to 3829000 38290 3829 1 to 367584000 3675840 367584
256QAM 1 to 4431000 44310 4431 1 to 425376000 4253760 425376
512QAM 1 to 5539000 55390 5539 1 to 531744000 5317440 531744
56M QPSK 1 to 1611000 16110 1611 1 to 154656000 1546560 154656
16QAM 1 to 3223000 32230 3223 1 to 309408000 3094080 309408
32QAM 1 to 4028000 40280 4028 1 to 386688000 3866880 386688
64QAM 1 to 4834000 48340 4834 1 to 464064000 4640640 464064
128QAM 1 to 5640000 56400 5640 1 to 541440000 5414400 541440
256QAM 1 to 6446000 64460 6446 1 to 618816000 6188160 618816
512QAM 1 to 7252000 72520 7252 1 to 696192000 6961920 696192

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-24 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

Table 3-15 MODEM RF BBE TCA Threshold (MODEM-EA) (Sheet 1 of 2)

Modulation Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H TCA Threshold

CS Modulation Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold

Occur Recovery Occur Recovery

7M QPSK 1 to 385000 3850 385 1 to 36960000 369600 36960

16QAM 1 to 771000 7710 771 1 to 74016000 740160 74016

32QAM 1 to 962000 9620 962 1 to 92352000 923520 92352

64QAM 1 to 1155000 11550 1155 1 to 110880000 1108800 110880

128QAM 1 to 1347000 13470 1347 1 to 129312000 1293120 129312

256QAM 1 to 1733000 17330 1733 1 to 166368000 1663680 166368

512QAM 1 to 1733000 17330 1733 1 to 166368000 1663680 166368

1024QAM 1 to 2288000 22880 2288 1 to 219648000 2196480 219648

2048QAM 1 to 2288000 22880 2288 1 to 219648000 2196480 219648

14M QPSK 1 to 394000 3940 394 1 to 37824000 378240 37824

16QAM 1 to 789000 7890 789 1 to 75744000 757440 75744

32QAM 1 to 985000 9850 985 1 to 94560000 945600 94560

64QAM 1 to 1183000 11830 1183 1 to 113568000 1135680 113568

128QAM 1 to 1379000 13790 1379 1 to 132384000 1323840 132384

256QAM 1 to 1774000 17740 1774 1 to 170304000 1703040 170304

512QAM 1 to 1774000 17740 1774 1 to 170304000 1703040 170304

1024QAM 1 to 2343000 23430 2343 1 to 224928000 2249280 224928

2048QAM 1 to 2343000 23430 2343 1 to 224928000 2249280 224928

28M QPSK 1 to 644000 6440 644 1 to 61824000 618240 61824

16QAM 1 to 1289000 12890 1289 1 to 123744000 1237440 123744

32QAM 1 to 160900 16090 1609 1 to 154464000 1544640 154464

64QAM 1 to 1933000 19330 1933 1 to 185568000 1855680 185568

128QAM 1 to 2254000 22540 2254 1 to 216384000 2163840 216384

256QAM 1 to 2900000 29000 2900 1 to 278400000 2784000 278400

512QAM 1 to 2900000 29000 2900 1 to 278400000 2784000 278400

1024QAM 1 to 3791000 37910 3791 1 to 363936000 3639360 363936

2048QAM 1 to 3791000 37910 3791 1 to 363936000 3639360 363936

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-25

Table 3-15 MODEM RF BBE TCA Threshold (MODEM-EA) (Sheet 2 of 2)

Modulation Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H TCA Threshold

CS Modulation Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold

Occur Recovery Occur Recovery

40M QPSK 1 to 891000 8910 891 1 to 85536000 855360 85536

16QAM 1 to 1782000 17820 1782 1 to 171072000 1710720 171072

32QAM 1 to 2226000 22260 2226 1 to 213696000 2136960 213696

64QAM 1 to 2673000 26730 2673 1 to 256608000 2566080 256608

128QAM 1 to 3117000 31170 3117 1 to 299232000 2992320 299232

256QAM 1 to 4010000 40100 4010 1 to 384960000 3849600 384960

512QAM 1 to 4010000 40100 4010 1 to 384960000 3849600 384960

1024QAM 1 to 5242000 52420 5242 1 to 503232000 5032320 503232

2048QAM 1 to 5242000 52420 5242 1 to 503232000 5032320 503232

56M QPSK 1 to 1291000 12910 1291 1 to 123936000 1239360 123936

16QAM 1 to 2583000 25830 2583 1 to 247968000 2479680 247968

32QAM 1 to 3226000 32260 3226 1 to 309696000 3096960 309696

64QAM 1 to 3875000 38750 3875 1 to 372000000 3720000 372000

128QAM 1 to 4517000 45170 4517 1 to 433632000 4336320 433632

256QAM 1 to 5812000 58120 5812 1 to 557952000 5579520 557952

512QAM 1 to 5812000 58120 5812 1 to 557952000 5579520 557952

1024QAM 1 to 7597000 75970 7597 1 to 729312000 7293120 729312

2048QAM 1 to 7597000 75970 7597 1 to 729312000 7293120 729312

3.3.10.4 IDU TCA Threshold

Table 3-16 IDU TCA Threshold

Monitor Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H TCA Threshold

Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold

Temperature 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-26 ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

3.3.10.5 STM-1, E1 TCA Threhold

Table 3-17 STM-1/E1 TCA Threshold

Monitor Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H PM TCA Threshold

Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold

Occur Recovery Occur Recovery

RS OFS 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RS BBE 1 to 16777215 65534 6560 1 to 1610612640 6291260 629130

RS ES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RS SES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RS SEP 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

RS UAS 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

DMR RS OFS 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

DMR RS BBE 1 to 16777215 65534 6560 1 to 1610612640 6291260 629130

DMR RS ES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

DMR RS SES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

DMR RS SEP 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

DMR RS UAS 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

MS BBE 1 to 16777215 65534 6560 1 to 1610612640 6291260 629130

MS ES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

MS SES 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

MS SEP 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

MS UAS 1 to 900 900 90 1 to 86400 65534 650

E1 CV 1 to 4294967295 65534 650 1 to 4294967295 6291260 629130

3.3.10.6 SFP TCA Threshold

Table 3-18 SFP TCA Threshold

Monitor Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H TCA Threshold

Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold

Rx Power (MIN) 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

Tx Power (MIN) 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3-27

3.3.10.7 Ethernet Interface TCA Threshold

Table 3-19 LAN TCA Threshold

Monitor Type 15 Min TCA Threshold 24H TCA Threshold

Range Default Threshold Range Default Threshold

Drop Event 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

Undersize Packets 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

Fragment Packets 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

CRC Alignment Error 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

Oversize Packets 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

Collisions 1 to 133929000 133929000 1 to 4294967295 4294967295

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


3-28/END ROUTINE MAINTENANCE

This page is intentionally left blank.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-1

4. CONTROL ITEMS

4.1 Overview
Following lists the control items available by the WebLCT, which is operational in
the Maintenance mode only. Note that operating these control items may cause a
traffic interruption if the system is in service.

Following are the Maintenance items provided by WebLCT:

4.1.1 Maintenance Control Menu

WebLCT Menu Section Providing the Description/Procedure

Loopback Control 4.3 Loopback Operation

MODEM Loopback 4.3.1 IF Loopback

TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback 1) 4.3.2.1 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback1)

TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback 2) 4.3.2.2 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2)

TDM Loopback Control 4.3.2.3 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1)


(STM-1 Loopback 1)

TDM Loopback Control 4.3.2.4 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2)


(STM-1 Loopback 2)

L2 Loopback Control 4.3.3 L2 Loopback Control


(Loopback 1 / Loopback 2)

Link OAM Loop Back 4.3.4 Link OAM Loopback

Protection Control 4.4 Switching Control

MODEM TX/RX Switch Control 4.4.2.1 TX Switch Manual Control


4.4.2.2 RX Switch Manual Control
4.4.2.3 Lock-In Control

RSTP/MSTP Control 4.4.3 RSTP/MSTP Control

ERP Control 4.4.4 ERP Control

LAG Revert Control 4.4.5 LAG Revert Control

SNCP Switch Control 4.4.6 SNCP Switch Control

APS Switch Group Control 4.4.7 APS Switch Group Control

Timing Source Switch Control 4.4.8 Timing Source Switch Control

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-2 CONTROL ITEMS

WebLCT Menu Section Providing the Description/Procedure

MODEM Maintenance Control 4.5 MODEM Maintenance Control (Radio Control)

4.5.1 ATPC Manual Control

4.5.2 TX Mute Control

4.5.3 CW Control

4.5.4 TX Modulation Manual Control (for AMR Mode only)

4.5.5 Reset XPIC

Laser Shutdown Control 4.6 Laser Shutdown Control

4.6.1 Laser Shutdown Control

4.6.2 ALS Manual Switch Control

OW Buzzer Control ——

H/W F/W Reset Control 4.7 Equipment Reset

H/W Reset Control 4.7.1 Reset H/W

F/W Reset Control 4.7.2 Reset F/W

Main Card Control 4.8 Main Card Control

Switch Over / Status Control

Office Maintenance Control 4.9 Offline Maintenance

4.9.1 DADE Adjustment

4.9.2 RF Sub Band Selection

4.9.3 Adjust X-DEM Delay

4.9.4 Adjust Delay Equalizer

PTP Domain Control 4.10 PTP Domain Control

Maintenance Test 4.11 Maintenance Test

ETH OAM LB / LT / DM / LM Control

PMON/RMON Report 3.3 Performance Monitoring

MODEM PMON Report 3.3.2 MODEM PMON Report

E1 PMON Report 3.3.3 E1 PMON Report

STM-1 PMON Report 3.3.4 STM-1 PMON Report — DMR-RS


3.3.5 STM-1 PMON Report — RS/MS

ETH RMON Report 3.3.6 ETH RMON Report

VLAN Counter Report 3.3.7 VLAN Counter Report — VLAN Counter


3.3.8 VLAN Counter Report — Shaper Group Counter

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-3

WebLCT Menu Section Providing the Description/Procedure

Metering 3.2 Current Metering

Current Metering

Equipment Utility 4.12 Equipment Utility

Export (NE –> Storage) Utility 4.12.1 Backup Database [Export (NE Þ Storage) Utility]

Update (Storage –> NE) Utility 4.12.2 Update Database [Update (StorageÞ NE) Utility]

Program ROM Switching 4.12.3 Switch (Swap) Program ROM

USB Memory Utility 4.12.4 Check USB Memory Utility

Log Clear Function 4.12.5 Log Clear Function

Shipment 4.12.6 Restore Factory Default Settings

User Account See 2.2 User Management in the Operation manual.

Inventory 4.13 Inventory

Equipment Inventory Information 4.13.1 Equipment Inventory Information

Software License Information 4.13.2 Software License Key Information

User Description 4.13.3 User Description

Software License Setup See 2.1 Setup Software License in the Set Network and
System Provisioning manual.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-4 CONTROL ITEMS

4.2 Before Starting Maintenance Operation

4.2.1 Wrist Strap Connection

iPASOLINK VR 10 equipment uses the electrostatic-sensitive devices. To prevent the


equipment from getting damages, wear an antistatic wrist strap and connect its cord
end to the ESD TERMINAL on the equipment:

Procedure 4-1

1. Wear an Antistatic Wrist Strap.

2. Connect the other end of the Strap to the ESD Ground Terminal (G):

Figure 4-1 ESD Ground Terminal Location

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-5

4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for WebLCT Operation)

Procedure 4-2

1. Launch the WebLCT. See the Operation manual for detailed steps.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the tool bar of WebLCT window.

Figure 4-2 WebLCT Main Window

Maintenance button

MAINT indication

3. Confirm that the MAINT indication on the upper side of WebLCT window
turns orange.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-6 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Confirm that the MAINT LED on the front of MC-MV Card turns amber:

Figure 4-3 iPASOLINK VR 10 Front View

MAINT LED

(1) MC-MV
(1 or 2 Slots)

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-7

4.3 Loopback Operation


If an interruption occurs to traffic, use the SDH/SONET/PDH analyzers to isolate the
faulty section, and by check the traffic signal using the loopback function. Set up the
test equipment according to the following diagrams for PDH or SDH configuration.

In the facility loopback, a signal is looped back toward the baseband interface
direction. In the terminal loopback, a signal is looped back toward the Main Card
direction. They are performed at the STM-1 (SDH) or E1 (PDH) interfaces. (See
Notes 1, 2)

To execute the loopback control, set the system into the Maintenance mode.

Important:
To operate the Loopback Control, the system must be set into the Maintenance
mode.

4.3.1 IF Loopback

Execute the MODEM Loopback control to check the incoming traffic signal inside
MODEM interface (the traffic signal from E1 interfaces to wireless direction).

NOTES:

1. The MOD ALM and TX INPUT ALM will be un-masked as soon as releasing
the IF Loopback operation.

2. While operating the IF Loopback, the associated ODU is disabled.

3. If the IF Loopback is executed to the remotely connected site, the remote


connection will be disconnected during the operation, and the system does
not restore the connection by itself. So, it is necessary to set the IF
Loopback Release Time in advance, which releases the IF Loopback
operation automatically.

Figure 4-4 IF Loopback

E1/STM-1 Cross Connect MODEM ODU


SDH/SONET
ANALYZER

SDH/SONET
ANALYZER

IF LB

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-8 CONTROL ITEMS

4.3.1.1 Loopback Operation on Local Site

Procedure 4-1

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select MODEM Loopback Control.

3. The MODEM Loopback Control window appears. Click an Off option of the IF
Loopback parameter under the target MODEM No. (or SW GRP).

Figure 4-5 MODEM Loopback Control Window

click

The MODEM Loopback Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-9

4. Click On radio button to enable the IF Loopback, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-6 MODEM Loopback Control Option Window

Table 4-1 MODEM Loopback Control (Local Site) Parameters

Parameter Value Description

IF Loopback On Turn on the IF Loopback function.

Off Turn off the IF Loopback function. [default]

Release Time No Limit Not to set the automatic restoration. This option is
not editable.

5. The Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-7 Warning Dialog Box

6. The Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-8 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM Loopback Control window updates the information.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-10 CONTROL ITEMS

7. Confirm that the status of IF Loopback of the target MODEM indicates On.

Figure 4-9 MODEM Loopback Control Window

8. When the loopback test ends, click the Maintenance tool button on the
WebLCT tool bar to exit from the Maintenance mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-11

4.3.1.2 Loopback Operation on Remote Site

Procedure 4-2

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select MODEM Loopback Control.

3. The MODEM Loopback Control window appears. Click an Off option of the IF
Loopback parameter under the target MODEM No. (or SW GRP).

Figure 4-10 MODEM Loopback Control Window

click

The MODEM Loopback Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-12 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Click On radio button to enable the IF Loopback, then apply the Release
Time. click the OK button.

Figure 4-11 MODEM Loopback Control Box

Table 4-2 MODEM Loopback Control (Remote Site) Parameters

Parameter Value Description

IF Loopback On Turn on the IF Loopback function.

Off Turn off the IF Loopback function. [default]

Release Time * 90 [s] Sets 90 seconds to wait before restoring.

180 [s] Sets 180 seconds to wait before restoring.

300 [s] Sets 300 seconds (5 minutes) to wait before restoring.

60 [min] Sets 60 minutes to wait before restoring.

12 [h] Sets 12 hours to wait before restoring.

*: Release Time option is operational at a Remote NE only.

5. The Warning dialog box appears. Click OK button.

Figure 4-12 Warning Dialog Box

6. The Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-13 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM Loopback Control window updates the information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-13

7. Confirm that the status of IF Loopback of specified MODEM indicates On.

Figure 4-14 MODEM Loopback Control Window

8. When the loopback test ends, click Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT
tool bar to exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT color turns from orange to white.

This step ends procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-14 CONTROL ITEMS

4.3.2 TDM Loopback Control

4.3.2.1 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback1)

Execute the TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback1) to check the incoming of E1
traffic signal inside E1 interfaces (The traffic signal from outside to E1 interfaces
direction).

NOTE: During the Loopback operation, the AIS is detected at down stream of the
specified channel (Loopback channel).

Figure 4-15 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback1)

E1/STM-1 Cross Connect MODEM ODU


SDH/SONET
ANALYZER

SDH/SONET
ANALYZER
LB1

Important:

To operate the Loopback Control, the system must be set into the
Maintenance mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while operating
the Loopback Control.

Procedure 4-3

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select TDM Loopback Control (E1
Loopback1). The TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback1) window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-15

3. Click an Off option of the target E1 Loopback1 channel.

Figure 4-16 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback1) Window

click

The TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback) option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-16 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Click the On radio button to enable the E1 Loopback, then click the OK
button.

Figure 4-17 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback 1) Option Window

Table 4-3 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback 1) Parameter

Parameter Value Description

E1 Loopback1 On Turn on the E1 Loopback function.

Off Turn off the E1 Loopback function. [default]

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-18 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-19 Information Dialog Box

The TDM Loopback Control window updates the information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-17

7. Confirm that the status of the specified CH indicates On.

Figure 4-20 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopbak1) Window

8. To end the loopback test, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT
tool bar to exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-18 CONTROL ITEMS

4.3.2.2 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2)

Execute the TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2) to check the incoming of E1
traffic signal through MODEM IF (The traffic signal from wireless to E1 interfaces
direction).

Log in to the opposite site NE remotely, and execute Loopback2 from the opposite
site NE.

NOTE: During executing the Loopback operation, the AIS is detected at down stream of
the specified channel (Loopback channel).

Figure 4-21 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2)

E1/STM-1 Cross Connect MODEM ODU

LB2

Important:

To operate the Loopback Control, the system must be set into the Maintenance
mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while operating the Loopback Control.

Procedure 4-4

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select TDM Loopback Control (E1
Loopback2). The TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2) window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-19

3. Click Off at the specified E1 Loopback2 Channel from the 16E1-A(Slot**)


field.

Figure 4-22 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2) Window

click

TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2) option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-20 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Click On radio button, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-23 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback 2) Box

Table 4-4 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback 2) Parameter

Parameter Value Description

E1 Loopback2 On Turn on the E1 Loopback2 function.

Off Turn off the E1 Loopback2 function. [default]

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-24 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-25 Information Dialog Box

The TDM Loopback Control window updates the information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-21

7. Check that the status of the selected CH indicates On.

Figure 4-26 TDM Loopback Control (E1 Loopback2) Window

8. To end the loopback test, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT
tool bar to exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-22 CONTROL ITEMS

4.3.2.3 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1)

Execute the TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1) to check the incoming of
TDM traffic signal inside STM-1 interfaces (The traffic signal from outside to STM-
1 interfaces direction).

NOTE: During executing the Loopback operation, the AIS is detected at down stream of
the specified channel (Loopback channel).

Figure 4-27 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1)

E1/STM-1 Cross Connect MODEM ODU


SDH/SONET
ANALYZER

SDH/SONET
ANALYZER
LB1

Important:

To operate the Loopback Control, the system must be set into the Maintenance
mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while operating the Loopback Control.

Procedure 4-5

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select TDM Loopback Control (STM-1
Loopback1). The TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1) window
appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-23

3. Click Off in the APS GRP field.

Figure 4-28 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1) Window

click

4. TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1) option window appears. Click On


radio button, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-29 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1) Box

Table 4-5 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback 1) Parameter

Parameter Value Description

STM-1 Loopback1 On Turn on the STM-1 Loopback1 function.

Off Turn off the STM-1 Loopback1 function. [default]

Warning dialog box appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-24 CONTROL ITEMS

5. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-30 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-31 Information Dialog Box

7. The TDM Loopback Control window updates the information. Check that the
status of the selected CH indicates On.

Figure 4-32 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback1) Window

8. To end the loopback test, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT
tool bar to exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-25

4.3.2.4 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2)

Execute the TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2) to check the incoming of
TDM traffic signal through MODEM IF (The traffic signal from wireless to STM-1
interfaces direction).

Log in to the opposite site NE remotely, and execute STM-1 Loopback2 from the
opposite site NE.

NOTE: During executing the Loopback operation, the AIS is detected at down stream of
the specified channel (Loopback channel).

Figure 4-33 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2)

E1/STM-1 Cross Connect MODEM ODU

LB2

Important:

To operate the Loopback Control, the system must be set into the
Maintenance mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while operating
the Loopback Control.

Procedure 4-6

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select TDM Loopback Control (STM-1
Loopback2). The TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2) window
appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-26 CONTROL ITEMS

3. Click Off in the APS GRP field.

Figure 4-34 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2) Window

click

4. TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2) option window appears. Click On


radio button, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-35 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2) Option Box

Table 4-6 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback 2) Parameter

Parameter Value Description

STM-1 Loopback2 On Turn on the STM-1 Loopback2 function.

Off Turn off the STM-1 Loopback2 function. [default]

Warning dialog box appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-27

5. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-36 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-37 Information Dialog Box

7. The TDM Loopback Control window updates the information. Check that the
status of the selected CH indicates On.

Figure 4-38 TDM Loopback Control (STM-1 Loopback2) Window

8. To end the loopback test, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT
tool bar to exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-28 CONTROL ITEMS

4.3.3 L2 Loopback Control

This operation carries out the loopbacks for Layer 2 level. Incoming Layer 2 frames
are looped to the source direction with MAC Destination and Source Address Swap.
iPASOLINK VR 10 provides two modes for L2 Loopback Control:
 Loopback 1 Mode: Loops frames to Ethernet interface direction.
 Loopback 2 Mode: Loops frames to ODU direction.

This option is available when the installed MODEM Card is MODEM-EA.

Procedure 4-7

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select L2 Loopback Control. The L2
Loopback Control window appears.

3. Click Loopback Control.

Figure 4-39 L2 Loopback Control Window

click

L2 Loopback Control >> Step 1 option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-29

4. Select a port to execute the Loopback operation, then click the OK button.
Figure 4-40 L2 Loopback Control >> Step 1 Option Window

5. L2 Loopback Control >> Step 2 option window appears. Specify the


parameters, then click the OK button.
Figure 4-41 L2 Loopback Control >> Step 2 Option Window

Table 4-7 L2 Loopback Control Parameters

Parameter Value Description


Loopback Mode Port Loopback Operates a port loopback.
VLAN Loopback Operates a VLAN loopback.
L2 Loopback Loopback1 Loops back to Ethernet interface.
Loopback2 Loops back to ODU.
Release Time * No Limit Keeps L2 Loopback operation.
90 [s] Sets 90 seconds to wait before restoring.
180 [s] Sets 180 seconds to wait before restoring.
300 [s] Sets 300 seconds (5 minutes) to wait before restoring.
60 [min] Sets 60 minutes to wait before restoring.
12 [h] Sets 12 hours to wait before restoring.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-30 CONTROL ITEMS

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-42 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-43 Information Dialog Box

8. L2 Loopback Control window updates the information.

Figure 4-44 L2 Loopback Control Window

9. When the loopback test ends, click Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT
tool bar to exit from the Maintenance Mode.

10. Confirm that the MAINT color turns from orange to white.

This step ends procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-31

4.3.4 Link OAM Loopback

To operate the Link OAM Loopback, the Link OAM Mode must be enabled and be
active. Check or enable the Link OAM function referring to the Set Network and
System Provisioning manual, 8.6.4 LINK OAM Setting.

Figure 4-45 Link OAM Loopback Configuration

iPASOLINK VR 10 iPASOLINK VR 10
(IDU) (IDU)

MODEM #2 MODEM #2

MODEM #1 MODEM #1

MAIN BOARD MAIN BOARD


ETHERNET PORT ETHERNET PORT

LOOPBACK

Procedure 4-8
1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Loopback Control to select Link OAM Loopback Control.
The Link OAM Loopback Control window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-32 CONTROL ITEMS

3. Click a linked Off in the Loopback Status field.

Figure 4-46 Link OAM Loopback Control Window


click

4. Link OAM Loopback Control option window appears. Click On radio button,
then click the OK button.

Figure 4-47 Link OAM Loopback Control Option Box

5. When Information dialog box appears, click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-48 Information Dialog Box

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-33

6. The Link OAM Loopback Control window updates the information. Check that
the status of the selected port indicates On (Active).

Figure 4-49 Link OAM Loopback Control Window

 To End Link OAM Loopback Test

7. Click the linked On (Active). The Link OAM Loopback Control option window
appears.

8. Select Off, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-50 Link OAM Loopback Control Option Window

9. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-34 CONTROL ITEMS

Figure 4-51 Information Dialog Box

10. The Link OAM Loopback Control window updates the information. Confirm
that the selected port indicates Off now.

Figure 4-52 Link OAM Loopback Control Window

11. When completed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar
to exit from the Maintenance Mode.

12. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-35

4.4 Switching Control

Important:

While operating the Switching Control Operation, the system must be set into the
Maintenance mode.

4.4.1 Manual Switch Operation

iPASOLINK VR 10 supports the following nine types of Manual Switches:

 TX Switch Manual Control: 1+1 Hot Standby


1+1 Hot Standby XPIC

 RX Switch Manual Control: 1+1 Hot Standby


1+1 Twin Path
1+1 Hot Standby XPIC
1+1 Twin Path XPIC

 Lock-In Control: 1+1 Hot Standby


1+1 Twin Path
1+1 Hot Standby XPIC
1+1 Twin Path XPIC
RTA Physical Layer

 RSTP/MSTP Control

 ERP Control

 LAG Revert Control

 SNCP Switch Control: SNCP Mode (E1) Configuration only

 APS Switch Group Control: STM-1 only

 Timing Source Switch Control

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-36 CONTROL ITEMS

4.4.2 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control

4.4.2.1 TX Switch Manual Control

This operation manually switches and fixes the TX SW in the 1+1 Hot Standby
configuration.

e.g., MODEM No.1 and No.2 configure the 1+1 HS mode, where the MODEM No.1
takes the working side, and MODEM No.2 takes the standby side.

Procedure 4-9

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select MODEM TX/RX Switch Control. The
MODEM TX/RX Switch Control window appears.

4. Click the link in the TX SW Manual Control field:

Figure 4-53 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Window

click

MODEM TX/RX Switch Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-37

5. Select Forced - No. 1 or Forced - No. 2 from the TX SW Manual Control drop-
down list, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-54 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Option Window

Table 4-8 MODEM TX Switch Control Parameter

Parameter Value Description

TX SW Manual Control Clear Clears the executed switching command.

Forced - No. 1 Switches to the odd-numbered slot.

Forced - No. 2 Switches to the even-numbered slot.

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-55 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-56 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM TX/RX Switch Control window updates the information.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-38 CONTROL ITEMS

8. Verify the displayed information:

Figure 4-57 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Window

9. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

10. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-39

4.4.2.2 RX Switch Manual Control


This operation manually switches and fixes the RX SW in the 1+1 Hot Standby or
1+1 Twin Path configuration, such as following for example: MODEM No.1 and
No.2 configure the 1+1 TP mode, where the MODEM No.1 takes the working side,
and MODEM No.2 takes the standby side.

Procedure 4-10

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select MODEM TX/RX Switch Control. The
MODEM TX/RX Switch Control window appears.

4. Click the link in the RX SW Manual Control field:

Figure 4-58 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Window

click

MODEM TX/RX Switch Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-40 CONTROL ITEMS

5. Select an option from the RX SW Manual Control drop-down list, then click
the OK button.

Figure 4-59 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Option Window

Table 4-9 MODEM RX Switch Manual Control Parameter

Parameter Value Description

RX SW Manual Control Clear Clears the executed switching command.

Manual - No. 1 Switches to the odd-numbered slot if available.

Manual - No. 2 Switches to the even-numbered slot if available.

Forced - No. 1 Switches to the odd-numbered slot.

Forced - No. 2 Switches to the even-numbered slot.

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-60 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-61 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM TX/RX Switch Control window updates the information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-41

8. Verify the displayed information:

Figure 4-62 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Window

9. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

10. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-42 CONTROL ITEMS

4.4.2.3 Lock-In Control

This operation puts and fixes the MODEM Card into the online mode when its
associated MODEM Card needs to be dismounted, which is in the 1+1 Hot Standby,
1+1 Twin Path, or the RTA Physical Layer configuration.

Procedure 4-11

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select MODEM TX/RX Switch Control. The
MODEM TX/RX Switch Control window appears.

4. Click the link in the Lock-in Control field:

Figure 4-63 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Window

click

MODEM TX/RX Switch Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-43

5. Select an option from the Lock-in Control drop-down list, then click the OK
button.

Figure 4-64 MODEM TX/RX Switch (Lock-in) Control Option Window

Table 4-10 MODEM TX/RX Switch (Lock-in) Control Parameter

Parameter Value Description

Lock-in Control Off Disables the Lock-in Control function.

No. 1 Lock-in Executes lock-in to the odd-numbered slot.

No. 2 Lock-in Executes lock-in to the even-numbered slot.

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-65 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-66 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM TX/RX Switch Control window updates the information.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-44 CONTROL ITEMS

8. Verify the displayed information:

Figure 4-67 MODEM TX/RX Switch Control Window

9. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

10. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-45

4.4.3 RSTP/MSTP Control

This option clears the current STP information, and newly gets the protocol.

Procedure 4-12

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select RSTP/MSTP Control. The RSTP/MSTP
Control window appears.

4. Click the RSTP Clear or MSTP Clear tool button:

Figure 4-68 RSTP/MSTP Control Window (example: RSTP)

RSTP Clear tool button

Warning dialog box appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-46 CONTROL ITEMS

5. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-69 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-70 Information Dialog Box

7. The RSTP Control window updates the information. Verify the displayed
information:

Figure 4-71 RSTP/MSTP Control Window

8. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

9. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-47

4.4.4 ERP Control

4.4.4.1 Execute ERP Switching Operation

Proceed with the following to carry out the ERP Manual/Forced Switching
Operation.

Procedure 4-13

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select ERP Control. The ERP Control
window appears.

4. Click the target Ring ID.

Figure 4-72 ERP Control Window

Ring ID

ERP Control (Ring IDn) option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-48 CONTROL ITEMS

5. Specify the following:

Figure 4-73 ERP Control Option Window

Manual Control drop-down list and


Block Port radio buttons

 Select the operation type from the Manual Control drop-down list.
 Assign a blocking port.

Table 4-11 ERP Control Parameters

Parameter Value Description

Manual Control Forced SW Executes switching operation forcibly.

Manual SW Executes switching operation according to the condition’s priority.

Clear Clears the status placed by the executed command.

Block Port Ring Port 0 Assigns a blocking port in the Ring.

Ring Port 1

6. When completed, click the OK button of the option window.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-49

7. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-74 Warning Dialog Box

8. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-75 Information Dialog Box

9. The ERP Control window updates the information. Verify the displayed
information.

Figure 4-76 ERP Control Window

(leftmost field)

(rightmost filed)

10. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the
window.

11. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-50 CONTROL ITEMS

4.4.4.2 Execute Loop Detection

This option is used to verify the registered ERP.

Procedure 4-14

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select ERP Control. The ERP Control
window appears.

4. Click the Loop Detection Restart tool button.

Figure 4-77 ERP Control Window

Loop Detection Restart tool button

ERP Control (Loop Detection Restart) option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-51

5. Tick a check box of the target Ring, then click the OK button. Clicking the
check box on top selects all.

Figure 4-78 ERP Control (Loop Detection Restart) Option Window

check boxes

6. The system starts checking the loop on the selected Ring. When completed,
Information dialog box appears.

7. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-79 Information Dialog Box

The ERP Control window updates the window.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-52 CONTROL ITEMS

8. Check the result in the Loop Detection Status.

Figure 4-80 ERP Control Window

Loop Detection Status

 This field normally indicates None.


 If a loop is found, the field indicated Detected. Check the settings.

9. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

10. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-53

4.4.5 LAG Revert Control

This option is used to put the original Active ETH Port back in service manually
when recovered from the failure.

Procedure 4-15

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select LAG Revert Control. The LAG Revert
Control window appears.

4. Click the target group from the LAG column

Figure 4-81 LAG Revert Control

click to select a target

LAG Revert Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-54 CONTROL ITEMS

5. Click the OK button of the option window.

Figure 4-82 LAG Revert Control Option Window

OK button

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-83 Warning Dialog Box

The reverting command is executed.

7. When completed, Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to end
the procedure.

Figure 4-84 Information Dialog Box

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-55

4.4.6 SNCP Switch Control

This operation is available for SNCP Mode (E1) Configuration only. The 1+1
Protection configured by Radio Interfaces cannot use SNCP.

Procedure 4-16

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select SNCP Switch Control. The SNCP
Switch Control window appears.

4. Click the desired Service No. to configure:

Figure 4-85 SNCP Switch Control Window

click

SNCP Switch Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-56 CONTROL ITEMS

5. From the SNCP Manual SW Control drop-down list, select an option, then
click the OK button.

Figure 4-86 SNCP Switch Control Option Window

SNCP Manual SW Control drop-down list

Table 4-12 SNCP Switch Control Parameter

Parameter Value Description

SNCP Manual Clear Clears the executed switching command.


SW Control
Forced SW to Protection Switches to the Protection side.

Forced SW to Work Switches to the Work side.

Manual SW to Protection Switches to the Protection side if available.

Manual SW to Work Switches to the Work side if available.

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-87 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-88 Information Dialog Box

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-57

8. The SNCP Switch Control window updates the information. Verify the
displayed information:

Figure 4-89 SNCP Switch Control Window

(leftmost field)

(rightmost field)

9. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

10. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-58 CONTROL ITEMS

4.4.7 APS Switch Group Control

This operation is available by STM-1 only.

Procedure 4-17

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then expand
Protection Control to select APS Switch Group Control. The APS Switch
Group Control window appears.

4. Click the desired APS GRP to configure:

Figure 4-90 APS Switch Group Control Window

APS GRP Numbers

APS Switch Group Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-59

5. From the APS Manual SW Control drop-down list, select Manual SW to


Protection or Forced SW to Protection, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-91 APS Switch Group Control Option Window

APS Manual SW Group Control drop-down list

Table 4-13 APS Switch Group Control Parameter

Parameter Value Description

SNCP Manual Clear Clears the executed switching command.


SW Control
Forced SW to Protection Switches to the Protection side.

Forced SW to Work Switches to the Work side.

Manual SW to Protection Switches to the Protection side if available.

Manual SW to Work Switches to the Work side if available.

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-92 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-93 Information Dialog Box

The APS Switch Group Control window updates the information.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-60 CONTROL ITEMS

8. Verify the displayed information:

Figure 4-94 APS Switch Group Control Window

9. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

10. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-61

4.4.8 Timing Source Switch Control

4.4.8.1 Unlock the Mode


Operate this Procedure 4-18 if the equipment is in the Lockout mode. Otherwise,
skip this procedure, and go to Procedure 4-19 provided in 4.4.8.2 Switch Timing
Sources.

Procedure 4-18

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select Timing Source Switch Control. The
Timing Source Switch Control window appears.

4. If the target facility is locked (Lock Out indicates On), click the link. If it is not
locked (Lock Out indicates Off), go to 4.4.8.2 Switch Timing Sources

Figure 4-95 Timing Source Switch Control Window

select a number of the target to unlock

5. Timing Source Switch Control option window appears. Click the Off radio
button, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-96 Timing Source Switch Control Option Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-62 CONTROL ITEMS

6. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-97 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-98 Information Dialog Box

8. The Timing Source Switch Control window updates the information. Verify that
the Lock Out status of the target object indicates Off now.

Figure 4-99 Timing Source Switch Control Window

9. Operate one of the following:


 To end the procedure:

i) Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

ii) Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white. This step ends the
procedure.
 To set Timing Source Switch, go to Procedure 4-19 in 4.4.8.2 Switch Timing
Sources, Step 3.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-63

4.4.8.2 Switch Timing Sources

Procedure 4-19

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance button on the top of the WebLCT window to switch the
state to the maintenance mode. See 4.2.2 Change to Maintenance Mode (for
WebLCT Operation) for operating steps.

3. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then its
submenu Protection Control to select Timing Source Switch Control. The
Timing Source Switch Control window appears.

4. Click a link in the Timing Source SW Control fields:

NOTE: The target object must NOT be in the Lockout mode.

Figure 4-100 Timing Source Switch Control Window

click

5. Timing Source Switch Control option window appears. Select a switching


mode (Manual SW or Forced SW), then click the OK button.

Figure 4-101 Timing Source Switch Control Option Window

Warning dialog box appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-64 CONTROL ITEMS

6. Click the OK button of the dialog box.

Figure 4-102 Warning Dialog Box

7. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button of the dialog box to
proceed.

Figure 4-103 Information Dialog Box

8. The Timing Source Switch Control window updates the information. Verify that
the selected switch control is indicated for the target object.

Figure 4-104 Timing Source Switch Control Window

9. Exit the Maintenance Mode by clicking the Maintenance button on the


window.

10. Check that the MAINT indication turns from orange to white.
This step ends the procedure.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-65

4.5 MODEM Maintenance Control (Radio Control)

There are several maintenance control items that can be set during Maintenance
Mode.

The function of each control is as follows; These windows are not enabled if the
system is not in the Maintenance mode.

 ATPC Manual Control


If TX Power Control Mode is selected to ATPC Mode, execute temporally fixing
control to Transmit Power. Select the value range described in ( ) of ATPC Range that
located in the Provisioning Menu (MODEM Function setting -> TX Power Setting)
for Transmit Power. ATPC Manual Control can be selected from either Auto or
Manual. If Transmit Power requires to temporally fixing control, select Manual then
select fixed value (it will be fixed until Auto is selected).

NOTE: ATPC Manual Control is not effective if MTPC Mode is selected.

 TX Mute Control
Despite the equipment configuration setting, forcing the TX Mute Control to ON will
stop the transmit power of the ODU.

If Mute Control is set to OFF, it will cancel the Mute control.

NOTES:
1. If Mute Control is set to off and Mute OFF does not work due to uncontrollable
factors, Mute status will remain on.

2. In case of 1+1 HS configuration, the Mute OFF control does not mute both lines.
Moreover, when forced Mute is controlled in No.1/No.2, Maintenance Mode cannot set
to OFF.

3. When TX Mute is remotely controlled, the setting of the automatic restoration time is
possible. Therefore, TX Mute Release Time should be set.

4. TX Mute Release Time is set together with TX Mute Control by the item that becomes
effective only when TX Mute Control is done from a higher-level device.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-66 CONTROL ITEMS

 CW Control
CW (no transmission modulation) is controlled.

It is used when the frequency is measured with a frequency counter and when
spurious one is checked.

If you perform the CW control over a pre-made Mute ON, execute CW ON/OFF after
Mute OFF. At this time, when there is a factor that the CW control is not turned ON it
becomes CW control error.

In addition, in case of remote connection and operated Control CW, it may not be
able to recover again. CW Control will restore automatically according to the TX
Mute Release Time parameter.

 TX Modulation Manual Control


The flat rate of the transmission modulation method of the control station in the AMR
mode is temporarily managed.

The modulation method can be set according to the target device regardless of the
AMR Range setting.

Under the 1+0 configuration, each Slot#/Slot# is individually controlled.

This control is done by exchanging request/answer of the control between local/


remote stations as well as LB2.

When the TX Modulation Manual Control setting is returned from Manual to Auto,
the fixed modulation method is returned to QPSK.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-67

4.5.1 ATPC Manual Control

Performing this function (Manual Control) sets the Maintenance Mode to ON.

However, in case of Auto setting and if Maintenance Mode is set to OFF, it will
cancel the "auto setting."

Procedure 4-20

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
MODEM Maintenance Control. The MODEM Maintenance Controlwindow
appears.

3. Select Off in the ATPC Manual Control option.

Figure 4-105 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

click

The MODEM Maintenance Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-68 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Set the appropriate values, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-106 MODEM Maintenance Control Option Window

Table 4-14 ATPC Manual Control

Parameter Value Description

ATPC Manual Control On Enable/Disable ATPC Manual Control.

Off

ATPC Manual Power (range of values varies Set the transmit power value. [unit: dBm]
depending on ODU type)

5. Warning dialog box appears.Click the OK button.

Figure 4-107 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-108 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM Maintenance Control window updates the information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-69

7. Confirm the displayed parameters.

Figure 4-109 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-70 CONTROL ITEMS

4.5.2 TX Mute Control

4.5.2.1 TX Mute Control on Local Site

Procedure 4-21

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
MODEM Maintenance Control. The MODEM Maintenance Control window
appears.

3. Select Off in the TX Mute Control option.

Figure 4-110 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

click

The MODEM Maintenance Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-71

4. Set the appropriate values, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-111 MODEM Maintenance Control Box

Table 4-15 TX MuteControl

Parameter Value Description

TX Mute Control On Executes the forced mute.

Off Releases the forced mute. [default]

Release Time No Limit No limitation to auto recovery. This option is not editable.

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click OK button.


Figure 4-112 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.


Figure 4-113 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM Maintenance Control window updates the information.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-72 CONTROL ITEMS

7. Confirm the displayed parameters.


Figure 4-114 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-73

4.5.2.2 TX Mute Control Operation on Remote Site

Procedure 4-22

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
MODEM Maintenance Control. The MODEM Maintenance Control window
appears.

3. Select Off in the TX Mute Control option.

Figure 4-115 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

click

The MODEM Maintenance Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-74 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Set the appropriate values, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-116 MODEM Maintenance Control Box

Table 4-16 TX Mute Control

Parameter Value Description

TX Mute Control On Executes the forced mute.

Off Releases the forced mute. [default]

Release Time 90 [s] Provides 90 seconds before executing the auto-recovery.

180 [s] Provides 180 seconds before executing the auto-recovery.

300 [s] Provides 300 seconds before executing the auto-recovery.

60 [min] Provides 60 minutes before executing the auto-recovery.

12 [h] Provides 12 hours before executing the auto-recovery.

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-117 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-118 Information Dialog Box

The MODEM Maintenance Control window updates the information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-75

7. Confirm the displayed parameters.

Figure 4-119 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-76 CONTROL ITEMS

4.5.3 CW Control

Procedure 4-23
NOTE: This function is not operative by the remote session.

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.
2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
MODEM Maintenance Control. The MODEM Maintenance Control window
appears.
3. Select Off in the CW Control option.

Figure 4-120 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

click

The MODEM Maintenance Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-77

4. Set the appropriate values, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-121 MODEM Maintenance Control Box

Table 4-17 CW Control

Parameter Value Description

CW Control On Executes the controlling CW.

Off Releases the controlling CW. [default]

CW Control No Limit Specifies no limitation to auto recovery. (Not recommended.) NOTE: These
Release Time values are not
90 [s] Provides 90 seconds before executing the auto-recovery. available for
the local
180 [s] Provides 180 seconds before executing the auto-recovery.
connection.
300 [s] Provides 300 seconds before executing the auto-recovery.

60 [min] Provides 60 minutes before executing the auto-recovery.

12 [h] Provides 12 hours before executing the auto-recovery.

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-122 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click OK button.

Figure 4-123 Information Dialog Box

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-78 CONTROL ITEMS

7. The MODEM Maintenance Control window updates the information. Verify the
displayed parameters.

Figure 4-124 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-79

4.5.4 TX Modulation Manual Control (for AMR Mode only)

Procedure 4-24
1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control to select


MODEM Maintenance Control. The MODEM Maintenance Control window
appears.

3. Click the link in the TX Modulation Manual Control option.

Figure 4-125 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

click

The MODEM Maintenance Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-80 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Set the appropriate values, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-126 MODEM Maintenance Control Box

Table 4-18 TX Modulation Manual Control

Parameter Value Description

TX Modulation Auto Disables manual controls.


Manual Control
QPSK If Manual control is executed, select the modulation
method.
16QAM
Available values differ according to the specified
32QAM Channel Spacing values.

64QAM

128QAM

256QAM

512QAM

1024QAM

2048QAM

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-127 Warning Dialog Box

Information dialog box appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-81

6. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-128 Information Dialog Box

7. The MODEM Maintenance Control window updates the information. Verify the
displayed parameters.

Figure 4-129 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-82 CONTROL ITEMS

4.5.5 Reset XPIC

Procedure 4-25
1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
MODEM Maintenance Control. The MODEM Maintenance Control window
appears.

3. Select an option from XPIC Reset operation.

Figure 4-130 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

click

4. The MODEM Maintenance Control option window appears. Select Forced


Reset by clicking its radio button, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-131 MODEM Maintenance Control Option Window

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-83

Table 4-19 XPIC Reset

Parameter Value Description

XPIC Reset Forced Reset Forcibly resets the XPIC function. In this state, a
signal from ODU is output as it is.

Auto [default]

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.


Figure 4-132 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.


Figure 4-133 Information Dialog Box

7. The MODEM Maintenance Control window updates the information. Verify the
displayed parameters.
Figure 4-134 MODEM Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white. This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-84 CONTROL ITEMS

4.6 Laser Shutdown Control


This subsection describes the procedures to set up the Laser Management functions.

Following Laser management items can be enabled using WebLCT:

 Laser Shutdown Control


Forcibly shuts down the optical outputs.

 ALS Restart (for Remote Operation only)


For optical interfaces, the ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown) control performs the
resumption of optical power for a definite period of time.
In addition, this function operates under ALS control execution (optical power
shutdown). If ALS is not activated, this operation is not carried out.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-85

4.6.1 Laser Shutdown Control

Procedure 4-26

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
Laser Shutdown Control. The Laser Shutdown Control window appears.

3. Select Off in the Forced Laser Shutdown Control option.

Figure 4-135 Laser Shutdown Control Window

click

4. Laser Shutdown Control option window appears. Set On or Off by clicking its
radio button, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-136 Laser Shutdown Control Option Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-86 CONTROL ITEMS

Table 4-20 Forced Laser Shutdown Control

Parameter Value Description

Forced Laser ON Forcibly shuts down the optical outputs.


Shutdown Control
Off Normal operation

5. Warning dialog box appears.Click the OK button.

Figure 4-137 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-138 Information Dialog Box

7. The Laser Shutdown Control window updates the information. Verify the
displayed parameters.

Figure 4-139 Laser Shutdown Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-87

4.6.2 ALS Manual Switch Control

Procedure 4-27

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
Laser Shutdown Control. The Laser Shutdown Control window appears.

3. Select Control in the ALS Restart option.

Figure 4-140 Laser Shutdown Control Window

click

4. Laser Shutdown Control option window appears. Select a proper value for the
ALS Restart parameter, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-141 Laser Shutdown Control Option Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-88 CONTROL ITEMS

Table 4-21 ALS Restart

Parameter Value Description

ALS Restart 2s Forcibly issues the optical output for 2 seconds where the
ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown) is executed.

90s Forcibly issues the optical output for 90 seconds where the
ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown) is executed.

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-142 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-143 Information Dialog Box

7. The Laser Shutdown Control window updates the information. Verify the
displayed parameters.

Figure 4-144 Laser Shutdown Control

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white. This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-89

4.7 Equipment Reset


Following describes the hardware (H/W) and firmware (F/W) Reset Control of
iPASOLINK VR 10.

Reset control is available only when the system is set in the Maintenance mode. If it
is not in the Maintenance mode, executing the reset control will result in the error
response. Following are the modules and available control operations:

Configuration Data to Upload

Control Tasks
Module
Reset CPU Reset H/W Switch Program ROM

Main Card YES YES YES

ODU YES YES YES

MODEM-A/EA NO YES NO

STM-1A NO YES NO

16E1-A NO YES NO

GbE-A NO YES NO

XGbE-MV NO YES NO

MSE-A NO YES NO

 H/W Reset Control


 Card Reset
Available to control each option card individually. Main ETH signal will be
downed during the resetting. After Card Reset finished, option card need to be
reset the configuration information that retains by IDU. Card Reset replies NG
response and is not executed if option card has been not registered, not mounted,
or mounted different place.

 F/W Reset Control


 CPU Reset (ODU)
Available to reset CPU (ODU) and control each ODU individually. Main signal
will be downed during the resetting. After CPU Reset (ODU) finished, ODU
need to be reset the configuration information that retains by IDU (MB/CTRL).
CPU Reset (ODU) replies NG response and is not executed if MODEM is not
mounted (including not registered or mounted different place).
 CPU Reset (IDU)
Available to reset CPU of IDU (Main/CTRL). Main ETH signal and NMS
Communications will be downed after CPU Reset (IDU) is executed.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-90 CONTROL ITEMS

4.7.1 Reset H/W


 Proceeding through the following for the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active
mode terminates the WebLCT and restarts iPASOLINK VR 10.
 Where the Main Card [MC-MV] is duplicated having a Standby Card, proceeding
through the following causes switching between Active Card and Standby Card.

Procedure 4-28

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then expand
F/W_R/W Reset Control to select H/W Reset Control. The H/W Reset
Control window appears.

3. Click the target object link under the Item column.

Figure 4-145 H/W Reset Control Window

click

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-91

H/W Reset Control option window for the selected object appears.

4. Verify the information, and click the OK button.

Figure 4-146 H/W Reset Control Option Window


(example: Main Card 1 as Active)

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-147 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-148 Information Dialog Box

7. Another Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-149 Information Dialog Box

8. When the system is ready, launch the WebLCT, then log in to the system.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-92 CONTROL ITEMS

9. Open the H/W Reset Control window, and verify the information.

Figure 4-150 H/W Reset Control Window

10. Release the Maintenance Mode if necessary.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-93

4.7.2 Reset F/W

4.7.2.1 Reset CPU (IDU)


 Proceeding through the following for the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active side
terminates the WebLCT and restarts iPASOLINK VR 10.

Procedure 4-29

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then expand
H/W_F/W Reset Control to select F/W Reset Control. The F/W Reset Control
window appears.

3. Click Main Card link in the Item field.

Figure 4-151 F/W Reset Control Window

click

F/W Reset Control (Main Card) option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-94 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Confirm the information then click OK button.

Figure 4-152 F/W Reset Control (Main Card) Option Window

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.


 When the target object is the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active mode,
iPASOLINK VR 10 will be restarted.

Figure 4-153 Warning Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-154 Information Box

 When the target object is the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active mode, the
WebLCT window will shut down automatically.
 When the target object is the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Standby mode, the
WebLCT will not shut down. Skip Step 7.

7. When the iPASOLINK VR 10 restarts, launch the WebLCT and log in to the
iPASOLINK VR 10 again.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-95

8. Verify the information displayed in the F/W Reset Control window.

Figure 4-155 F/W Reset Control window

 For the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active mode, this step ends the procedure.

9. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

10. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-96 CONTROL ITEMS

4.7.2.2 Reset CPU (ODU)

Procedure 4-30

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control, then expand
H/W_F/W Reset Control to select F/W Reset Control. The F/W Reset Control
window appears.

3. Click the target ODU No. link in the Item field.

Figure 4-156 F/W Reset Control Window

click

F/W Reset Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-97

4. Confirm the information then click the OK button.

Figure 4-157 F/W Reset Control (ODU) Option Window

5. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-158 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-159 Information Dialog Box

The CPU Reset (ODU) starts automatically.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-98 CONTROL ITEMS

7. When the target ODU is prepared, verify the information displayed in the F/W
Reset Control window.

Figure 4-160 F/W Reset Control window.

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-99

4.8 Main Card Control


The Main Card Control window provides the switching controls, which allows to
switch MC-MV Card 1 (MAIN 1) to/from MC-MV Card 2 (MAIN 2), and to set an
MC-MV to the out of service mode (Standby side Card only). This window also
displays the brief logs regarding a switching operation and the stored configuration
data.

4.8.1 Main Card Control Window

Procedure 4-31

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then expand
Main Card Control to select Switch Over / Status Control. The Switch Over /
Status Control window appears.

Figure 4-161 Switch Over / Status Control Window

Month/Day/Year Hour:Minute:Second

Table 4-22 Main Card Control Display

Parameter Description

Switch Over Provides the manual switching operation between MC-MV Cards (Act to/from Standby).
(tool button)

Change to Out of  Indicates the current running status of MAIN 1 and MAIN 2.
Service  Linked slot is the Standby, which is the available slot for changing its service mode.

Switch Over to Act Indicates the date and time of occurrence of switching and its factor.

Config Data Indicates the date and time when the current Config Data was stored.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-100 CONTROL ITEMS

4.8.2 Switch Over Roles of Main Cards

NOTE: Switch Over operation and Change to Out of Service operation cannot be
executed at the same time.

 Proceeding through the following terminates the WebLCT and shuts down
iPASOLINK VR 10.

Procedure 4-32

Following shows the procedure to switch the Active mode from MC-MV in the
MAIN 1 slot to that in the MAIN 2 slot.

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then expand
Main Card Control to select Switch Over / Status Control. The Switch Over /
Status Control window appears.

3. Click the Switch Over tool button:

Figure 4-162 Main Card Control Window — Switch Over / Status Control

Switch Over button

Switch Over dialog box appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-101

4. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-163 Switch Over Dialog Box

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed. iPASOLINK VR


10 will shut down and restart automatically.

Figure 4-164 Warning Dialog Box

The WebLCT will be shut down due to losing the connection, which displays the
following Information dialog box.

6. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-165 Information Dialog Box

7. Disconnect the LAN Cable from the LCT Port on MC-MV 1, then connect it to
the LCT Port on MC-MV 2.

8. Launch and log in to the WebLCT.

Initial display of WebLCT appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-102 CONTROL ITEMS

9. Note that the WebLCT indicates MAIN 2.

Figure 4-166 Logging in to MAIN 2

indicates MAIN 2

While the MAIN 2 side is in service, operate WebLCT logging in to MAIN 2.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-103

4.8.3 Set Main Card to Out of Service Mode

NOTES:

1. Switch Over operation and Change to Out of Service operation cannot be


executed at the same time.

2. In the redundant system, ensure that the MC-MV in the OOS mode cannot
take over the Active mode, which disables the protection switching in case
of failure. See 4.8.3.2 Release from OOS Mode for releasing OOS mode.

4.8.3.1 Set OOS

Procedure 4-33

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand Maintenance Control, then expand
Main Card Control to select Switch Over / Status Control. The Switch Over /
Status Control window appears.

3. In the Change to Out of Service option box, click the MAIN 1 or MAIN 2 link.
NOTE: Only the available slot is linked.

Figure 4-167 Main Card Control Window — Change to Out of Service

click the link

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-104 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Change to Out of Service dialog box appears. Click the OK button to


proceed.

Figure 4-168 Change to Out of Service Dialog Box

5. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-169 Information Dialog Box

6. The Main Card Control window updates the information. Verify the indication.

Figure 4-170 Main Card Control Window — Change to Out of Service

check indication

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-105

4.8.3.2 Release from OOS Mode

Note that an MC-MV Card in the OOS mode cannot take over the Active mode in
case of failure. When replacing or the maintenance operations against the MC-MV
Card(s) are done, put the MC-MV back into service.

Any of the following actions can put the MC-MV in the OOS mode back in service:
 Dismount and remount the OOS-mode MC-MV Card.
 Execute the H/W Reset.
 Execute the F/W Reset.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-106 CONTROL ITEMS

4.9 Offline Maintenance

4.9.1 DADE Adjustment

DADE adjustment is necessary when the I/F cable is to be replaced or MODEM is to


be added/replaced. (In the initial start-up, the offset memory can be used to minimize
the delay, but it may interrupt the traffic when the delay is substantial.)

NOTE: Operation of DADE Adjustment is available in the 1+1 System Configuration


only. However, in the 1+1 System Configuration, the following conditions disable
the DADE Adjustment:
 Either of two MODEMs is not mounted in the 1+1 System Configuration.
 While in an ODU Power Supply alarmed condition. However, in order to
minimize the delay, DADE Off can be controlled though in the ODU Power
Supply condition.

Procedure 4-34
1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
Offline Maintenance Control. The Offline Maintenance Control window
appears.

3. Select the Control link in the DADE Adjust option field.


Figure 4-171 Offline Maintenance Control Window

click

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-107

4. Offline Maintenance Control option window appears. Select a status from the
DADE Adjust drop-down list, and then click the OK button.

Figure 4-172 Offline Maintenance Control Option Window

Table 4-23 DADE Adjust Control

Parameter Value Description

DADE Adjust DADE Operational system (RXSW selection) is fixed to run DADE.
The operational system is not changed to avoid any circuit
interruption.

Offset DADE After DADE adjustment, it offsets in a DADE memory so the


amount of delay may serve as the minimum. Due to the
memory offset, it may cause any circuit interruption.

DADE Off DADE does not adjust, but in order to minimize the amount of
delay, it is set as the very end of the memory.

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-173 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-174 Information Dialog Box

The Offline Maintenance Control window updates the information.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-108 CONTROL ITEMS

7. Confirm the displayed parameters.

Figure 4-175 Offline Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-109

4.9.2 RF Sub Band Selection

Sub Band selection is required to change the corresponding Sub band of the ODU.
This selection can set up each ODU individually, the available suffix Sub Band that
can be set up are the alphabet "A through H, J through N, P, R, and X".

NOTES:
1. Before changing the Sub Band setting, it is required to set TX Mute to ON,
and also prevent any rewriting data in the ODU Flash ROM.
2. When any ODU which does not support a Sub Band change and change
from a higher-order Sub Band, if a change setup is carried out, an ODU
classification is judged and a Sub Band change setup is not performed.

Procedure 4-35
1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.
2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
Offline Maintenance Control. The Offline Maintenance Control window
appears.
3. Select the Control link in the RF Sub Band Select option field.

Figure 4-176 Offline Maintenance Control Window


click

Offline Maintenance Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-110 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Select the value from the RF Sub Band Select drop-down list, and then click
the OK button.

Figure 4-177 Offline Maintenance Control Box

Table 4-24 RF Sub Band Selection

Parameter Value Description

RF Sub Band Select A – H, Select an alphabet character that identifies the


J – N, setting Sub Band.
P, R, X

5. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-178 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-179 Information Dialog Box

Offline Maintenance Control window updates the information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-111

7. Confirm the displayed parameters.

Figure 4-180 Offline Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-112 CONTROL ITEMS

4.9.3 Adjust X-DEM Delay

If the length of the connection cables between ODU and IDU of Master side and that
of Slave side differs 8 m differences or longer, following adjustment is required:

Procedure 4-36

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
Offline Maintenance Control. The Offline Maintenance Control window
appears.

3. Click the link in the X-DEM Delay Adjust option field.

Figure 4-181 Offline Maintenance Control Window

click

Offline Maintenance Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-113

4. Select the appropriate range according to the actual difference in length


between Master side cable and Slave side cable connecting IDU and ODU.

Figure 4-182 Offline Maintenance Control Option Window

Table 4-25 X-DEM Delay Adjustment Parameter

Parameter Value Description

X-DEM Delay Adjust –31 to –24 [m] Cable of Slave side is 31 to 24 m shorter than
that of Master side.

–24 to –16 [m] Cable of Slave side is 24 to 16 m shorter than


that of Master side.

–16 to –8 [m] Cable of Slave side is 16 to 8 m shorter than that


of Master side.

–8 to +8 [m] Difference in the cable length between Slave


side and Master Side is within –8 m to +8 m.

+8 to +16 [m] Cable of Slave side is 8 to 16 m longer than that


of Master side.

+16 to +24 [m] Cable of Slave side is 16 to 24 m longer than


that of Master side.

+24 to + 32 [m] Cable of Slave side is 24 to 32 m longer than


that of Master side.

e.g., When the cable of Master-side is 10m, and that of Slave-side is 1m, the
Slave-side cable is 9m shorter (–9m), where the option to select should be –16 to
–8 [m].

5. Click the OK button. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-183 Warning Dialog Box

Information dialog box appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-114 CONTROL ITEMS

6. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-184 Information Dialog Box

7. Offline Maintenance Control window updates the information. Confirm the


displayed in the X-DEM Delay Adjust option field.

Figure 4-185 Offline Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-115

4.9.4 Adjust Delay Equalizer

This function adjusts or corrects the delay characteristics of branch in the


configuration using branch.

Procedure 4-37

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select
Offline Maintenance Control. The Offline Maintenance Control window
appears.

3. Click the link in the Delay Equalizer option field.

Figure 4-186 Offline Maintenance Control Window

click

Offline Maintenance Control option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-116 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Select Enable or Disable by clicking the radio button. When selecting


Enable, set the remaining values as well:

Figure 4-187 Offline Maintenance Control Option Window

Table 4-26 Delay Equalizer Parameters

Parameter Value Description

Delay Equalizer Enable Enables the Delay Equalizer function. Selecting this
option enables the remaining parameters to adjust the
delay characteristics.
This option can be specified for the following types of
MODEM Card:
 MODEM-EA, FPGA Version 7.02 or later

Disable Disables the Delay Equalizer. [default]

Linear Equalizer –9 to 9 Values to adjust the linear group delay. [default: 0]

Parabolic Equalizer 0 to 6 Values to adjust the parabolic group delay. [default: 0]

5. Click the OK button. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-188 Warning Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-189 Information Dialog Box

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-117

7. Offline Maintenance Control window updates the information. Confirm it


displayed in the Delay Equalizer option field.

Figure 4-190 Offline Maintenance Control Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-118 CONTROL ITEMS

4.10 PTP Domain Control

4.10.1 Enable PTP Switch Control Function

Procedure 4-38

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Control to select PTP
Domain Control. The PTP Domain Control window appears.

3. Check the indication under the Lock Out option field of the target object. If it
indicates On, click the link. If it indicates Off, then go to 4.10.2 Execute PTP
SW Control.

Figure 4-191 PTP Domain Control Window

click

4. PTP Lock Out option window appears. Select Off by clicking its radio button,
then click the OK button. (To lock out the function, select On.)

Figure 4-192 PTP Lock Out Option Window

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-119

Table 4-27 PTP Lock Out Parameter

Parameter Value Description

Lock Out On Locks out the PTP SW Control.

Off Enables the PTP SW Control.

5. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-193 Information Dialog Box

6. PTP Domain Control window updates the information. Confirm that the PTP
SW Control of the target object indicates Normal now.

Figure 4-194 Offline Maintenance Control Window

 To end the procedure, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar
to exit from the Maintenance Mode.
 To execute the PTP SW Control, go to 4.10.2 Execute PTP SW Control.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-120 CONTROL ITEMS

4.10.2 Execute PTP SW Control

Procedure 4-39

1. Open the PTP Domain Control window.

◆ Set Maintenance Mode.

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Maintenance Control ➜ PTP Domain Control

2. Click the link of the target object.


 If the indication has no link, go to 4.10.1 Enable PTP Switch Control
Function to enable the PTP SW Control function.

Figure 4-195 PTP Domain Control Window

click

3. PTP Switch Control option window appears. Select the switching type, then
click the OK button.

Figure 4-196 PTP Switch Control Option Window

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-121

Table 4-28 PTP Switch Control Parameter

Parameter Value Description

PTP SW Control Normal Sets normal switching operation.

Forced SW Sets forced switching operation.

4. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-197 Information Dialog Box

5. PTP Domain Control window updates the information. Confirm that the PTP
SW Control of the target object indicates Normal now.

Figure 4-198 Offline Maintenance Control Window

6. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

7. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-122 CONTROL ITEMS

4.11 Maintenance Test


Perform this procedure to measure the link quality of Ethernet traffic.

Procedure 4-40

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Maintenance Test to select ETH
OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control. The ETH OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control window
appears.

3. Click the Modify Test Type tool button, or select the desired Test No.

Figure 4-199 ETH OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control Window

Test No.
Modify Test Type button

ETH OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-123

4. Assign a proper value for each parameter, then click the OK button:
 Clicking the Modify Detail Test Parameter tool button opens its detailed
option window. Provided detailed parameters are:
 Transmission Count
 Transmission Period
 PDU Size
 Priority.

Figure 4-200 ETH OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control Option Window

click

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-124 CONTROL ITEMS

Table 4-29 Maintenance Test Options

Parameter Value Description

ETH OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control

Type LB Executes LB (Loopback) mode as Ethernet traffic test


type.

LT Executes LT (Line Trace) mode as Ethernet traffic test


type.

DM Executes DM (Delay Measurement) mode as Ethernet


traffic test type.

LM Executes LM (Loss Measurement) mode as Ethernet


traffic test type.

MEP Index 1 to 128 When started from Modify tool button, enter the MEP
Index number. When started from selecting the item
number, this filed indicates the selected number.

Destination MAC Address or xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx Enter the MAC Address.


Target MAC Address
Multicast Tick a box to select the Multicast address. LT Mode
does not have this choice.

Modify Detail Test Parameter (for LB, DM or LM Mode)

MEP Index (read only) Indicates the selected item’s information.

Destination MAC Address (read only)

Transmission Count 1 to 127 Specifies the transmission count for the test.

Transmission Period 1 to 10 Specifies the transmission period for the test. Must be
the positive integer. [unit: second]

PDU Size 64 to 9600 Specifies the PDU size for the test. This option is for
LB mode only.

Priority 0 to 7 Specifies the priority.

Modify Detail Test Parameter (for LT Mode)

MEP Index (read only) Indicates the selected item’s information.

Target MAC Address (read only)

Transmission Count 1 to 127 Specifies the transmission count for the test.

TTL 1 to 255 Enter the Time to Live value.

Priority 0 to 7 Specifies the priority.

During the process, a progress bar appears.

The Result window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-125

5. The Result window appears. Confirm the displayed parameters:

Figure 4-201 LB Result Window (Example: LB Result)

6. To save the History Information or Test Result in the local PC, operate the
following:

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-126 CONTROL ITEMS

 History Information
To save the History Information, click the Export CSV File tool button on the tool bar
of the ETH OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control window.

Figure 4-202 ETH OAM LB/LT/DM/LM Control Window

Export CSV File button

 Test Result
To save the test result, click the Export CSV File tool button on each result window.
Figure 4-203 Test Result Window (example: LB Result Window)

Export CSV File button

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-127

7. File Download option window appears. Click the Save button.


Figure 4-204 File Download Option Window

8. Save As option window appears. Select the proper folder of local PC and
then click the Save button.
 Default file name:
History Information: HistoryInformationExport _YYYYMMDDhhmmss.csv
 Test Result:
TestResultExport-LB(or LT)_YYYYMMDDhhmmss.csv

Figure 4-205 Save As Option Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-128 CONTROL ITEMS

9. When completed, Download Complete window appears. Click the Close


button.

Figure 4-206 Download Complete Window

10. Confirm that the CSV file is saved in the selected folder.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-129

4.12 Equipment Utility


Following lists the functions to Upload/Download Data:

 Export (NE ➞ Storage) Utility


This function downloads the Equipment Config Data, Network Config Data, User
Config Data, and Inventory Data from an NE to a local storage, such as local PC or
USB memory, etc.

 Update (Storage ➞ NE) Utility


This function uploads the Program File, FPGA Data, and Config Data from the local
storage (local PC or USB memory) to the NE. The downloaded data will be listed
under Uncurrent column of Program ROM Switching option window.

 Program ROM Switching


This function switches (swaps) the F/W currently running and that of downloaded
version (listed under Uncurrent), which is available for both IDU and ODU.

 USB Memory Utility


This function verifies the USB memory.

 Log Clear Function


This function deletes the Event Logs and PMON, RMON History data stored in the
equipment.

 Shipment
This function deletes the user defined Provisioning data, which restores the factory
default. This function also can delete all the stored data except the Software keys by
choice.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-130 CONTROL ITEMS

4.12.1 Backup Database [Export (NE ➞ Storage) Utility]

Procedure 4-41

1. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Export
(NE->Storage) Utility. The Export (NE->Storage) Utility window appears.

2. Select the Config Data and a storage tool (Local PC or USB Memory) by
clicking their radio buttons, then click the Execute tool button.

Figure 4-207 Export (NE->Storage) Utility Window


Execute button

select data to export


select storage tool

3. Following inquiry message appears. Click the Save button.

Figure 4-208 Inquiry Message

Save As window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-131

4. Select/Specify a directory to save the data, and click the Save button.

Figure 4-209 Save As Window

Table 4-30 Configuration Data to Upload

Data Default File Name

Equipment Configuration Data ********-evo-equip.cfg

Network Configuration Data ********-evo-network.cfg

User Configuration Data ********-evo-user.cfg

PMON History File evo-pmon-history-********.zip

RMON History File evo-rmon-history-********.zip

Technical Support File evo-TechFile_ALL_*******_**********

5. When data saving process is completed, following message to inform that the
download has completed. Click the View folder button.

Figure 4-210 Message to Inform the State

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-132 CONTROL ITEMS

The folder to which the downloaded file is stored opens.

6. Verify that the data has been successfully saved.

Figure 4-211 Folder to Store Downloaded File (Example)

This step the ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-133

4.12.2 Update Database [Update (Storage➞ NE) Utility]

This function uploads the iPASOLINK VR 10 software, firmware (Program File


(*.bin)/FPGA), and equipment configuration files (*.cfg) from the local storage
(local PC or USB memory NOTE) to NE.

NOTE: Connect USB memory to the USB port at the iPASOLINK VR 10 front when the
data is stored on the USB.

Following lists the operations that are available using Update (Storage -> NE)
Utility:

 Program File Download


This function downloads the F/W from the local PC or USB memory to the targets.
(Main Card, ODU)

 FPGA Data File Download


This function downloads FPGA from the local PC or USB memory to the target
cards.

 Configuration Data File Download


This function downloads the configuration file (Equipment, Network, User) from the
local PC or USB memory to iPASOLINK VR 10.

 MODEM Parameter File Download


This function updates the MODEM parameter file on the MODEM module using the
data stored in the local PC or in USB memory device.

 SSL Server Certificate File Download


This function downloads the SSL Server authentication file.

 CLI Script
This function downloads the CLI Script file.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-134 CONTROL ITEMS

4.12.2.1 Update Program File — Main Card (IDU)


Important:
1. Ensure that the prepared IDU Main Card Program File was supplied by
NEC.
2. Check the current version of IDU Main Card Program using the Equipment
Inventory Information [IDU tab].
3. Put the system into the Maintenance Mode before beginning to download
the IDU Main Card Program. Do not cancel the Maintenance Mode while the
download is in progress.
 Proceeding through the following terminates the WebLCT and restarts
iPASOLINK VR 10.

Procedure 4-42 Main Card

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Update
(Storage -> NE) Utility. The Update (Storage -> NE) Utility window appears.

3. Select the Program File radio button and then click the Execute tool button.

Figure 4-212 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Window

Execute button

Program File

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-135

4. Program File option window to select an object appears. Select the Main Card1
or 2 from drop-down list and then click Next button.

Figure 4-213 Program File Option Window

5. Program File window for selecting the destination appears. In the Import File
option box, select the media (Local PC or USB Memory) from which the file is
transferred, and then click the file icon button ( ) of the selected storage.

Figure 4-214 Program File Option Window for Main Card

select storage click a file icon

An option window for Choosing File appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-136 CONTROL ITEMS

6. Select the firmware for Main Card (see below for the file name), and then click
the Open (or OK) button.

 Option Window for Local PC

Figure 4-215 Choose File to Upload Option Window

 Option Window for USB Memory

Figure 4-216 Update Utility Option Window

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-137

7. The Program File option window displays the selected directory. Click the OK
button.

Figure 4-217 Source Selection Option Window

8. Warning message dialog box appears Click the OK button.

Figure 4-218 Warning Dialog Box

During the process, download progress bar appears.

9. When the download process is completed, the Update Complete! message


dialog box appears. Check (leave a tick in) the Program ROM Switching
check box, and then click the OK button.

Figure 4-219 Update Complete! Dialog Box

Warning message dialog box appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-138 CONTROL ITEMS

10. Click the OK button to proceed. iPASOLINK VR 10 will be restarted


automatically.

Figure 4-220 Warning Message Dialog Box

11. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button. The WebLCT will shut
down to restart automatically.

Figure 4-221 Information Box

12. When the iPASOLINK VR 10 is restarted and prepared, log in to iPASOLINK


VR 10 again.

13. Select Inventory  Equipment Inventory Information from the WebLCT


menu.

14. The Equipment Inventory Information (IDU) window appears. Verify the
Current version (version of newly running program) of Main Card.

Figure 4-222 Equipment Inventory Information Window

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-139

4.12.2.2 Update Program File — ODU


Important:
1. Ensure that the prepared ODU Program File was supplied by NEC.
2. Check the current version of ODU Program using the Equipment Inventory
Information window [ODU tab].
3. Put the system into the Maintenance Mode before beginning to download
the ODU Program. Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while the
download is in progress.

Procedure 4-43 ODU

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Update
(Storage -> NE) Utility. The Update (Storage -> NE) Utility window appears.

3. Select Program File by clicking its radio button, then click the Execute tool
button.

Figure 4-223 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Window

Execute button

Program File

Program File option window to select an object appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-140 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Select the object type (ODU) from drop-down list, and then click the Next
button.
Figure 4-224 Program File Option Window

5. Program File >> ODU option window appears. Select the target ODU (No. #)
from ODU drop-down list, and then click Next button.
Figure 4-225 Program File >> ODU Option Window

6. The Program File option window for selecting a source. In the Import File
option box, select the media (Local PC or USB Memory) from which the file is
transferred, and then click the file icon button ( ).

Figure 4-226 Program File Option Window


Import File option box file icon

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-141

7. An option window to choose a file appears. Select the ODU firmware file (see
below for the file name), and click the Open (or OK) button.

 Option Window for Local PC

Figure 4-227 Choose File to Upload Option Window

 Option Window for USB Memory

Figure 4-228 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Option Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-142 CONTROL ITEMS

8. The Program File option window displays the selected directory. Click the OK
button.
Figure 4-229 Program File Option Window

9. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-230 Warning Dialog Box

File downloading starts. During the downloading process, the progress bar shows
up.

10. When completed, the Update Complete! message dialog box appears. Check
(leave a tick in) the Program ROM Switching check box, and then click the OK
button.
Figure 4-231 Update Complete! Dialog Box

11. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-232 Warning Message Dialog Box

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-143

12. The Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button. The WebLCT will
shut down to restart automatically.

Figure 4-233 Information Box

13. When the iPASOLINK VR 10 is restarted and prepared, log in to iPASOLINK


VR 10 again.

14. Select Inventory  Equipment Inventory Information from the WebLCT


menu.

15. The Equipment Inventory Information (ODU) window appears. Verify the
current version (version of newly running program) of ODU.

Figure 4-234 Equipment Inventory Information Window

16. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

17. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-144 CONTROL ITEMS

4.12.2.3 Update FPGA Data


 Proceeding through the following for the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active
mode terminates the WebLCT and restarts iPASOLINK VR 10.
 Where the Main Card [MC-MV] is duplicated having a Standby Card, proceeding
through the following causes switching between Active Card and Standby Card.

Important:

1. Ensure that the data file of FPGA from NEC has already been on the site.

2. Check the F/W versions using the Equipment Inventory Information window
[IDU tab].

3. To operate the FPGA data download, the system must be set into the
Maintenance mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while the
download process is in progress.

Procedure 4-44

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Update
(Storage -> NE) Utility. The Update (Storage -> NE) Utility window appears.

3. Select FPGA Data by clicking its radio button, and then click the Execute tool
button.

Figure 4-235 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Window

Execute button FPGA Data

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-145

4. FPGA Data option window appears. Select a target Card and FPGA from the
drop-down lists, then click the Next button.
NOTE: Drop-down list shows the registered Cards only.

Figure 4-236 FPGA Data Window (example: selecting MODEM)

5. The FPGA Data option window for selecting a source appears. In the Import File
option box, select the media (Local PC or USB Memory) from which the file is
transferred, and then click the file icon button ( ).

Figure 4-237 FPGA Data Option Window

Import File option box


file icon

An option window for selecting a file appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-146 CONTROL ITEMS

6. Select the FPGA Data file (see below for the file name), and click the Open
(or OK) button.

 Option Window for Local PC

Figure 4-238 Choose File to Upload Option Window

 Option Window for USB Memory

Figure 4-239 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Option Window

The Program File option window displays the selected directory.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-147

7. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-240 FPGA Data Option Window

8. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-241 Warning Dialog Box

File downloading starts. During the downloading process, the progress bar shows
up.

9. When completed, the Update Complete! message dialog box appears. Click
the OK button to execute the auto-revert process.

Figure 4-242 Update Complete! Dialog Box

10. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-243 Information Dialog Box

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-148 CONTROL ITEMS

 When the target object is MC-MV in Active mode, WebLCT shuts down, and the
iPASOLINK VR 10 restarts:

i) Launch the WebLCT, and log in to the iPASOLINK VR 10 again.

ii) Select the Inventory  Equipment Inventory Information from the WebLCT
menu.

11. In the Equipment Inventory Information window, click the IDU tab, and verify
the information of newly running program.

Figure 4-244 Equipment Inventory Information Window

(scroll)

12. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.
 When the target object is MC-MV, the Maintenance mode has been already
released. This step ends the procedure.

13. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-149

4.12.2.4 Update Configuration Data

 Proceeding through the following for the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active
mode terminates the WebLCT and restarts iPASOLINK VR 10.

NOTES:

1. Do not store the data to be downloaded and the existing Configuration Data
File in the same folder. Keep the data separate so that the data can be
compared.

2. To download the Configuration Data, the system must be set into the
Maintenance mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while the
process is in progress.

Procedure 4-45

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Update
(Storage -> NE) Utility. The Update (Storage -> NE) Utility window appears.

3. Select the Config Data by clicking its radio button, then click the Execute tool
button.

Figure 4-245 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Window

Execute tool button Config Data

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-150 CONTROL ITEMS

4. The Config Data window for selecting source appears. Select the data type
(Network Config, Equipment Config, User Config) from the Select Config
Data Type drop-down list.

Figure 4-246 Config Data Option Window

Import File option box file icon

5. In the Import File option box, select the media (Local PC or USB Memory)
from which the file is transferred, and then click the file icon button ( ). An
option window for selecting a file appears.

6. Select the Config Data file.

 Option Window for Local PC

Figure 4-247 Choose File to Upload Option Window

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-151

 Option Window for USB Memory

Figure 4-248 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Option Window

7. Click the Open (or OK) button.The Config Data option window displays the
selected directory.
8. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-249 Config Data Option Window

9. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-250 Warning Message Dialog Box

File downloading starts. During the downloading process, the progress bar shows
up.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-152 CONTROL ITEMS

10. When completed, the Update Complete! dialog box appears. Click the OK
button to execute the auto-revert.

Figure 4-251 Update Complete! Window

11. Information dialog box appears. Click OK button. The WebLCT will shut down
automatically.

Figure 4-252 Information Dialog Box

12. When the iPASOLINK VR 10 restarts, log in to the iPASOLINK VR 10 again.

13. Upload the Configuration Data File again, then acquire the Configuration
Data.

14. Check the Configuration Data by comparing the latest Configuration Data
with the previous data.

15. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

4.12.2.5 Update MODEM Parameter Data

Important:
1. Ensure that the Parameter File to update MODEM that was from NEC has
already been on the site.
2. Check that the prepared Parameter File is for MODEM.
3. To operate the MODEM Parameter download, the system must be set into
the Maintenance mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while the
download process is in progress.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-153

Procedure 4-46

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Update
(Storage -> NE) Utility. The Update (Storage -> NE) Utility window appears.

3. Select MODEM Parameter by clicking its radio button, and then click the
Execute tool button.

Figure 4-253 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Window


Execute button MODEM Parameter

4. MODEM Parameter option window appears. Select a target MODEM, and


then click the OK button.

Figure 4-254 MODEM Parameter Option Window

The MODEM Parameter option window for selecting source appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-154 CONTROL ITEMS

5. In the Import File option box, select the media (Local PC or USB Memory)
from which the file is transferred, and then click the file icon button ( ).

Figure 4-255 MODEM Parameter Option Window

6. An option window for selecting a file appears. Select the MODEM Parameter
file (see below for the file name), and then click the Open (or OK) button.
 MODEM Parameter file name: MDxxxxxx.mdp

 Option Window for Local PC

Figure 4-256 Choose File to Upload Option Window

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-155

 Option Window for USB Memory

Figure 4-257 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility

7. The MODEM Parameter option window displays the specified information. Click
the OK button.

Figure 4-258 MODEM Parameter Option Window

8. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-259 Warning Dialog Box

File downloading starts. During the downloading process, the progress bar shows
up.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-156 CONTROL ITEMS

9. When completed, Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to


proceed.

Figure 4-260 Information Dialog Box

10. Launch and log in to the WebLCT.

11. From the WebLCT menu, select the Inventory  Equipment Inventory
Information from the WebLCT menu. The Equipment Inventory Information
window appears.

12. Check the latest MODEM Parameter Data running by comparing the
confirmed parameter of specified MODEM.

Figure 4-261 Equipment Inventory Information Window

(scroll)

13. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

14. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white. This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-157

4.12.2.6 Update SSL Server Certificate

Procedure 4-47

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Update
(Storage -> NE) Utility. The Update (Storage -> NE) Utility window appears.

3. Select SSL Server Certificate by clicking its radio button, and then click the
Execute tool button.

Figure 4-262 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Window


Execute button SSL Server Certificate

4. SSL Server Certificate option window appears. In the Import File option box,
select the media (Local PC or USB Memory) from which the file is transferred,
then click the folder tool button ( ) to locate the certificate file.

Figure 4-263 SSL Server Certificate Option Window

Import File option box file icon

Choose File to Upload option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-158 CONTROL ITEMS

5. Select the file, and click the Open button. The valid file is compressed by the
zip application.

 Option Window for Local PC

Figure 4-264 Choose File to Upload Option Window

 Option Window for USB Memory

Figure 4-265 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-159

6. SSL Server Certificate option window indicates the selected file. Click the OK
button to proceed.

Figure 4-266 SSL Server Certificate Option Window

OK button

7. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-267 Warning dialog Box

During the process, a progress bar shows up.

8. When the process is completed, following Information dialog box appears.


Click the OK button to proceed

Figure 4-268 Information Dialog Box

The system starts updating SSL Server Certificate file.


 WebLCT is automatically logged off from the equipment.
 It may take a few minutes to 10 minutes (depending on your PC’s capacity)
for updating process, during which the equipment does not allow another
logging in.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-160 CONTROL ITEMS

4.12.2.7 Update CLI Script

Procedure 4-48

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Update
(Storage -> NE) Utility. The Update (Storage -> NE) Utility window appears.

3. Select CLI Script by clicking its radio button, and then click the Execute tool
button.

Figure 4-269 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility Window

Execute button CLI Script

4. CLI Script option window appears. In the Import File option box, select the
media (Local PC or USB Memory) from which the file is transferred, then click
the folder tool button ( ) to locate the certificate file.

Figure 4-270 CLI Script Option Window

Import File option box file icon

Choose File to Upload option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-161

5. Select the file, and click the Open button.

 Option Window for Local PC

Figure 4-271 Choose File to Upload Option Window

 Option Window for USB Memory

Figure 4-272 Update (Storage -> NE) Utility

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-162 CONTROL ITEMS

6. CLI Script option window indicates the selected file. Click the OK button to
proceed.

Figure 4-273 CLI Script Option Window

OK button

7. Warning dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-274 Warning dialog Box

During the process, a progress bar shows up.

8. When the process is completed, following Information dialog box appears.


Click the OK button to proceed

Figure 4-275 Information Dialog Box

The system starts updating CLI Script file.


 WebLCT is automatically logged off from the equipment.
 It may take a few minutes to 10 minutes (depending on your PC’s capacity)
for updating process, during which the equipment does not allow another
logging in.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-163

4.12.3 Switch (Swap) Program ROM

4.12.3.1 Switch (Swap) Main Card ROM

 Proceeding through the following for the Main Card [MC-MV] in the Active side
terminates the WebLCT and restarts iPASOLINK VR 10.

Important:
To operate the Program ROM Switching, the system must be set into the
Maintenance mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while controlling
the switching operation.

Procedure 4-49

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select
Program ROM Switching. The Program ROM Switching window appears.

3. Click the Main Card1 or 2 link in the Item field.

Figure 4-276 Program ROM Switching Window


click Main Card 1 or Main Card 2

NOTE: Main Card2 appears for the selection when an MC-MV Card is registered
to MAIN 2 slot.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-164 CONTROL ITEMS

4. The Program ROM Switching (Main Card) option window appears. Confirm the
information, then click the OK button.

Figure 4-277 Program ROM Switching (Main Card) Window

5. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button to execute the
auto-revert process.

Figure 4-278 Warning Message Dialog Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button. The WebLCT will shut
down automatically.

Figure 4-279 Information Box

 When the target MC-MV is in the standby mode, the WebLCT will not shut down
or iPASOLINK VR 10 will not restart either. Skip the next Step 7.

7. When the iPASOLINK VR 10 restarts, launch the WebLCT and log in to the
iPASOLINK VR 10 again.
8. Select the Equipment Utility  Program ROM Switching from the WebLCT
menu. The Program ROM Switching window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-165

9. Verify the current version of the Main Card:

Figure 4-280 Program ROM Switching Window

10. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

11. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

4.12.3.2 Switch ODU ROM


Important:
To operate the Program ROM Switching, the system must be set into the
Maintenance mode; Do not cancel the Maintenance mode while controlling
the switching operation.

Procedure 4-50

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select
Program ROM Switching. The Program ROM Switching window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-166 CONTROL ITEMS

3. Click the target ODU No. link in the Item field.


Figure 4-281 Program ROM Switching Window
click ODU

4. The Program ROM Switching (ODU) option window appears. Confirm the
information then click OK button.
Figure 4-282 Program ROM Switching (ODU) Box

5. Warning message dialog box appears. Click the OK button to execute the
auto-revert process.

Figure 4-283 Warning Box

6. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button.

Figure 4-284 Information Box

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-167

7. The Program ROM Switching window updates the information. Verify the
current version of the target ODU.

Figure 4-285 Program ROM Switching Window

8. When confirmed, click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT tool bar to
exit from the Maintenance Mode.

9. Confirm that the MAINT indicator on the tool bar changes from orange to
white.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-168 CONTROL ITEMS

4.12.4 Check USB Memory Utility

Procedure 4-51

1. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select USB
Memory Utility. The USB Memory Utility window appears.

2. Click the Refresh tool button on the WebLCT tool bar.

Figure 4-286 USB Memory Utility Window

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-169

4.12.5 Log Clear Function

Event Logs, PMON Logs, and RMON Logs that are no longer necessary can be
removed from the system storage.

Procedure 4-52

1. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select Log
Clear Function. The Log Clear Function window appears.

2. Select the log type (Event Log or PMON/RMON Log) by clicking its radio
button.
Figure 4-287 USB Memory Utility Window

3. Confirmation dialog box appears. Click the OK button to proceed.


Figure 4-288 Confirmation Dialog Box

4. When completed, Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button to


proceed. This step ends the procedure.
Figure 4-289 Information Dialog Box

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-170 CONTROL ITEMS

4.12.6 Restore Factory Default Settings


 Proceeding through the following terminates the WebLCT and restarts
iPASOLINK VR 10.

Procedure 4-53

1. Click the Maintenance tool button on the tool bar of the WebLCT to put the
system into the Maintenance Mode. The MAINT indicator on the tool bar
changes to orange.

2. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Equipment Utility to select
Shipment. The Shipment window appears.

3. Click the Shipment tool button.

Figure 4-290 Shipment Window

Shipment tool button

The Shipment option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-171

4. Select the operation from the drop-down list, and click the OK button.

Figure 4-291 Shipment Option Window

Table 4-31 Shipment Parameter

Parameter Value Description

Shipment Type Provisioning Clear Restore the provisioning data only.

All Clear w/o Software Key Restore all the data except Software Key.

5. Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button. iPASOLINK VR 10 will


restart automatically.

Figure 4-292 Information Dialog Box

6. Another Information dialog box appears. Click the OK button. The WebLCT will
shut down automatically.

Figure 4-293 Information Dialog Box

7. When the iPASOLINK VR 10 restarts, launch the WebLCT and log in to the
iPASOLINK VR 10 again.

8. Verify the parameters in Equipment Setup window.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-172 CONTROL ITEMS

Figure 4-294 Equipment Setup window

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-173

4.13 Inventory
The Inventory retrieves and displays the information of H/W (except CWDMF*),
mounted MODEM, Network information, and Software License Key information for
the iPASOLINK VR 10. (*: Inventory information of SFP modules on the Card that is
associated with the target CWDMF can be retrieved.)

4.13.1 Equipment Inventory Information

4.13.1.1 IDU Tab

Procedure 4-54

1. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Inventory to select Equipment
Inventory Information. The Equipment Inventory Information window
appears.

2. Click on the IDU tab to display the IDU information, and confirm the displayed
information.

Figure 4-295 Equipment Inventory Information for IDU (1/2)

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-174 CONTROL ITEMS

Figure 4-296 Equipment Inventory Information for IDU (2/2)

Figure 4-297

Table 4-32 Equipment Inventory Information (IDU Tab)

Parameter Description
IDU/Card Code No. (NEC Identification Number), Name, Serial No., Manufactured date
and Hardware Version.
Firmware Information Name, Current Version and Uncurrent Version.
FPGA Information Code No. (NEC Identification Number), Name and Version.
Parameter Information Current Version
SFP/SFP+ Information Port (registered port), Type (Ethernet category), Wavelength (nm) and Color.
See Figure 4-297 and Table 4-33 also.
MAC Address Information Port and MAC Address.
M-Plane/U-Plane

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-175

Figure 4-297 SFP/SFP+ Detailed Information

Table 4-33 SFP/SFP+ Detailed Information

Parameter Description

SFP/SFP+ Detail Information Port (registered port), Vendor Name, Part No., Vendor Serial No., Revision,
and Manufactured Date.

3. To save the Inventory Information, click the Export IDU Inventory


Information tool button, if required.

Figure 4-298 Location of Export Tool Button

Export IDU Inventory Information tool button

4. The File Download option window appears. Click the Save button.

Figure 4-299 File Download Window

The Save As option window appears.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-176 CONTROL ITEMS

5. Select the proper folder of local PC and then click Save button.
 Default file name: IDU_Inventory_information_YYYYMMDDhhmmss.csv

Figure 4-300 Save As Option Window

6. When completed, Download Complete window appears. Click the Close


button.

Figure 4-301 Download Complete Window

7. Confirm that the Inventory Information file is saved in the selected folder.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-177

4.13.1.2 ODU Tab

Procedure 4-55

1. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Inventory to select Equipment
Inventory Information. The Equipment Inventory Information window
appears.
2. Click on the ODU tab to display the ODU information, and confirm the
displayed information.

Figure 4-302 Equipment Inventory Information for ODU Tab

(leftmost filed)

(rightmost filed)

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-178 CONTROL ITEMS

Table 4-34 Equipment Inventory Information (ODU Tab)

Parameter Description

Unit Information

Code No. NEC document identification number.

Name Name of a Card.

Serial No. Serial number that is applied to the Card.

Manufactured Date The date when the Card was manufactured.

Hardware Version Version number of the Card.

Firmware Information

Current Version Current version number of the firmware.

Uncurrent Version Version number of the secondary firmware.

Frequency Information

TX Start Frequency [MHz] Indicates the status of the Frequency.

TX Stop Frequency [MHz] Refer to the Radio Configuration Setting.

RX Start Frequency [MHz]

RX Stop Frequency [MHz]

Frequency Step [MHz]

Shift Frequency [MHz]

Upper/Lower

TX Phase

RX Phase

SUB Band

3. To save the Inventory Information, click the Export ODU Inventory


Information tool button, if required.

Figure 4-303 Location of Export Tool Button

Export ODU Inventory Information tool button

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-179

4. File Download option window appears. Click the Save button.

Figure 4-304 File Download Option Window

5. Save As option window appears. Select the proper folder of local PC and
then click the Save button.
 Default file name: ODU_Inventory_information_YYYYMMDDhhmmss.csv

Figure 4-305 Save As Option Window

6. When completed, Download Complete window appears. Click the Close


button.

Figure 4-306 Download Complete Window

7. Confirm that the Inventory Information file is saved in the selected folder.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-180 CONTROL ITEMS

4.13.2 Software License Key Information

Following describes how to confirm and export the Software License Key of the
equipment.

Procedure 4-56

1. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Inventory to select S/W License
Information. The S/W License Information window appears.

Figure 4-307 S/W License Information Window (1/2)

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-181

Figure 4-308 S/W License Information Window (2/2)

2. To save the Inventory Information, click the Export S/W License Information
tool button, if required.

Figure 4-309 Location of Export Button

Export S/W License Information tool button

3. File Download option window appears. Click the Save button.

Figure 4-310 File Download Option Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-182 CONTROL ITEMS

4. Save As option window appears. Select the proper folder, then click the Save
button.
 Default file name: License Information_*********_YYYYMMDDhhmmss.csv

Figure 4-311 Save As Window

5. When completed, Download Complete window appears. Click the Close


button.

Figure 4-312 Download Complete Window

6. Confirm that the License Information file is saved in the selected folder.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-183

4.13.3 User Description

Some hardware cannot store their registration information. User Description is an


option to store those objects’ information manually. Following describes how to
create memos onto WebLCT.

Characters to enter here are restricted. Following is the list of the available characters:

b6-b4 0 1 10 11 100 101 110 111

b3-b0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

0 Space
0 — — 0 @ P ‘ p
(NOTE 2)

1 1 — — ! 1 A Q a q

10 2 — — " 2 B R b r

11 3 — — # 3 C S c s

100 4 — — $ 4 D T d t

101 5 — — % 5 E U e u

110 6 — — & 6 F V f v

111 7 — — ’ 7 G W g w

1000 8 — — ( 8 H X h x

1001 9 — — ) 9 I Y i y

1010 A — — * : J Z j z

1011 B — — + ; K [ k {

1100 C — — , < L \ l |

1101 D — — - = M ] m }

1110 E — — . > N ^ n ~

1111 F — — / ? O _ o —

NOTE: Spaces can be used between other available characters only, not at the
head or tail end.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-184 CONTROL ITEMS

Procedure 4-57

1. In the MENU frame on the left, expand the Inventory to select User
Description. The User Description window appears.

2. Click a desired link, and enter the information.

Figure 4-313 User Description Window

click (see Figure 4-314)

click (see Figure 4-315)

click (see Figure 4-316)

click (see Figure 4-316)

click (see Figure 4-317)

(leftmost field)

(rightmost field)

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CONTROL ITEMS 4-185

Figure 4-314 User Description (Locality) Option Window

Figure 4-315 User Description (Remark) Option Window

Figure 4-316 User Description (Title) Option Window

Figure 4-317 User Description (No. #) Option Window

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


4-186/END CONTROL ITEMS

3. When completed, click the OK button. Clicking the OK button of each option
window displays the Information dialog box.

4. Click the OK button to proceed.

Figure 4-318 Information Dialog Box

5. The User Description window updates the information.

Figure 4-319 User Description Window

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-1

5. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.1 Equipment Conditions

5.1.1 Reporting Methods


Equipment condition can be obtained by the WebLCT. The condition is also visibly
reported using indication lamps on the equipment. iPASOLINK VR 10 defines the
following alarm status:

5.1.2 Alarm Status


 CL [Cleared]:
CL indicates that one or more previously reported alarms has/have been cleared. This
state applies to all alarms detected for this managed object with the same alarm type,
probable cause and specific problems (if given). Multiple associated notifications
may be cleared by using the Correlated notifications parameter (defined below).

 ID [Indeterminate]:
ID indicates that the detected condition cannot be determined to classify the severity
level.

 CR [Critical]:
CR indicates for the Critical Alarm that causes a service affecting failure, which
requires an immediate corrective action. If this level of condition is reported, the
managed object could totally go out of service, restoring its capability.

 MJ [Major]:
MJ indicates for the Major Alarm that causes a service affecting failure which
requires an urgent corrective action. If this level of condition is reported, the
capability of the managed object could be severely degraded, restoring its full
capability.

 MN [Minor]:
MN indicates for the Minor Alarm that detects the existence of a non-service affecting
condition, which requires the corrective action in order to prevent a more serious
(such as a service affecting) failure. This condition does not degrade the capacity of
the managed object.

 WR [Warning]:
WR indicates for the detection of a potential or impending service affecting fault,
before any significant effects have been felt. Action should be taken to further
diagnose (if necessary) and correct the problem in order to prevent a more serious
failure, such as a service affecting fault.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-2 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.2 View Current Status

5.2.1 Overview

Current Status window of the WebLCT displays the equipment status, Line Card
status, event logs and alarms detected by the equipment. The window displays the
view-only information; not editable.

5.2.2 Display Current Status Window

Procedure 5-1

 From starting up the WebLCT:

1. Launch and log in to WebLCT. The initial (main) window of the WebLCT
displays the Current Status information.

 From other task window:

1. Click the Current Status on top of the MENU frame in the left. The main
window in the right shows the Current Status information.

The Current Status window provides the information on the following objects
separated by tabs on which their items are indicated:
 Active Alarm
 Event Log
 Modem/ODU
 IDU
 E1
 STM-1
 ETH
 MSE

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-3

5.2.2.1 Active Alarm Tab

The Active Alarm tabbed window displays the list of current alarms that have been
detected by the equipment.

 View Active Alarm

Procedure 5-1

1. Click the Refresh tool button to display the Active Alarms.

Figure 5-1 Current Status Window — Active Alarm Tab

Refresh tool button

The Active Alarm list is retrieved.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-4 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

2. Click the link in the Items field.

Figure 5-2 Active Alarm Tab (Updated)

click

3. Alarm Information window appears.

Figure 5-3 Alarm Information Window

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-5

 Save Active Alarms

The displayed information can be saved onto the storage area of WebLCT PC. To
save the information, click the Save button located within the Active Alarm list. See
5.2.3 Save the Displayed Information for an example.

Figure 5-4 Current Status Window — Active Alarm Tab

Save button

NOTE: To save the alarm list, refer to the procedure provided in 5.2.3 Save the
Displayed Information.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.2.2.2 Event Log Tab

The Event Log tabbed window displays the information of all the detected alarms
and status, including any changes made to the Line Cards and the equipment
configuration.

The displayed information can be saved onto the storage area of WebLCT PC. To
save the information, click the Save button located within the Event Log list.

Figure 5-5 Current Status Window — Event Log Tab

Save button

NOTE: To save the log list, refer to the procedure provided in 5.2.3 Save the Displayed
Information.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-7

5.2.2.3 MODEM/ODU Tab and List of Conditions

The MODEM/ODU tabbed window displays the information of status detected from
MODEM Card(s) and by ODU.

Clicking the MODEM/ODU tab adds another row of related tabs.


Figure 5-6 Current Status Window — MODEM/ODU Tab

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-8 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Table 5-1 List of Conditions for MODEM/ODU

Indication Category Description Severity

ODU

Mute Status Status Indicates that the control status of the ODU TX Power Output
——
is set to MUTE.

TX SW Status Status Indicates the Radio Interface TX SW usage state in 1+1 HS


——
Redundant configuration.

MODEM

ATPC Power Mode Status Indicates that a failure of APTC control signal (for 90
seconds), or a status of MAX Power (for 90 seconds) has ——
been detected.

Cluster Alarm Out Status Indicates that the Cluster Alarm is enabled to output. ——

Inphase Status Indicates that DADE status of the received signal between
No. 1 and No. 2 MODEM interfaces are in phase. While in ——
this condition, a hitless switching-over is available.

MODEM Power Supply Status Indicates if the power of MODEM-A/EA Card is on or off. ——

Online Status Status Indicates the online/offline status of MODEM-A/EA Cards


——
configuring the 1+1 Protection.

Radio Traffic Aggregation Status Indicates the number of occurrence of encapsulation packet
——
Encapsulation Error error at the incoming port of RTA Radio Group.

Radio Traffic Aggregation Status Indicates the status of RTA assigned port.
——
Port Status

RX Modulation Status Indicates that the modulation system at the receiving side
——
has been changed.

RX SW Status Status Indicates the state of Radio interface RX SW usage in the


——
redundant configuration.

TX Modulation Status Indicates that the modulation system of MODEM at the


——
transmitting side has been changed.

TX SW Lock-in Status Status Indicates that TX SW is in the locked-in status. ——

TX SW Reverse Request Status Indicates the receiving condition of the TX SW Signal from
——
the opposite station.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-9

5.2.2.4 IDU Tab and List of Conditions

The IDU tabbed window displays the information of alarms and status detected from
IDU and Main Card [MC-MV Card]. For the status regarding the Ethernet (GbE)
ports on MC-MV Card, see 5.2.2.7 ETH Tab and List of Conditions also.

Figure 5-7 Current Status Window — IDU Tab

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-10 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Table 5-2 List of Conditions for IDU

Indication Category Description Severity


FDB Full Status FDB Full indication is specified per VLAN. ——
Total FDB Full Status Dynamic Entry in L2Switch has reached the maximum
——
number.

Main Card [MC-MV]


CLK Status Changed Status Indicates that a change has been made to Reference Clock. ——
CLK2M Mount Status Status Indicates the status of mounted CLK2 Module. ——
EXT CLK Mount Status Status Indicates the status of mounted EXTCLK Module. ——
EXT CLK Output Status Status Indicates the status of mounted EXTCLK Outputs. ——
EXT CLK Quality Level Status Indicates the quality level of EXTCLK Outputs. ——
Running Status Status Indicates the running status. ——
SNCP Protection Status Status Indicates for Path Protection Switching status. ——
Running Status Status Indicates the running status. ——
SNCP Protection Status Status Indicates for Path Protection Switching status. ——
SNCP SW Status Path Protection Switching was carried out. ——
Squelch Status External CLK Output is in the squelch condition. ——
Switch Complete Status Switching process is completed. ——
Switch Over FAIL Status Failed in switching over. ——
Switched Reason Status Factor that made to switch the Main Cards. ——
Switched Time Status Date and time when switching of Main Card (ACT side) was
——
carried out.

TERM
TERM Card Change Status Indicates that a change has been made to TERM Card. ——

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-11

5.2.2.5 E1 Tab and List of Conditions


The E1 tabbed window displays the information of alarms and status of 16E1-A
Card. Clicking the E1 tab adds another row of related tabs.

Figure 5-8 Current Status Window — E1 Tab

Table 5-3 List of Conditions for E1

Indication Category Description Severity

E1 AIS Alarm/ PDH-AIS [Alarm/Status category can be changed by the AIS


MJ / –
Status Received Condition setting.

E1 AIS Generated Status Indicates for AIS generated on every E1 Channel. ——

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-12 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.2.2.6 STM-1 Tab and List of Conditions

The STM-1 tabbed window displays the information of alarms and status detected
from STM1-A Card. Clicking the STM-1 tab adds another row of related tabs.

Figure 5-9 Current Status Window — STM-1 Tab

Table 5-4 List of Conditions for STM-1

Indication Category Description Severity

ALS Status ALS has suspended optical outputs at indicated STM-1 optical
——
port.
APS Lock-in Status Status Indicates that APS Protection is in the locked-in status. ——
APS Online Status Status Indicates the online status of APS Protection. ——
APS Protection Status Indicates APS Line Protection Status, such as FS, SF, SD, MS and
——
Status NR.
APS SW Status Notifies that a selection of APS Protection has been changed. ——
E1 AIS Generated Status Indicates for AIS generated on E1 Channel. ——
PJE Status Pointer Justification Event has been generated at STM Port. ——
RS UAS Status Status Indicates that UAS Status has been detected at STM-1 Port.

(Regenerator Section)
STM-1 AIS Generated Status Indicates for AIS generated on STM-1 optical port. ——

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-13

5.2.2.7 ETH Tab and List of Conditions

The ETH tabbed window displays the information of alarms and status detected from
GbE ports that are provided on GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card, and MC-MV Card.
Clicking the ETH tab adds another row of related tabs.

Figure 5-10 Current Status Window — ETH Tab

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-14 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Table 5-5 List of Conditions for ETH

Indication Category Description Severity

Flow Control Status Indicates Flow Control status of the indicated port. ——

LACP Status Status Indicates the current status of Link Aggregation Control
——
Protocol.

LAG LLF Status Status Indicates a LINKDOWN caused by Link Loss


Forwarding. The Ethernet port that is set to the edge ——
mode is having a LINKDOWN state.

LAG Port Loop Detect Status Received LACP Frame has its own MAC Source
——
Address for its Source Address.

LAG Port Status Status Indicates the current status of LAG member ports; ACT
——
(Active) or SBY (Standby).

LLF Status Indicates the setting of Link Loss Forwarding. ——

LLF Message Timeout Status Loss of a conditional signaling in which the LLF control
signal should be received continuously from the ——
opposite radio equipment.

MDI/MDI-X Status Indicates MDI status of the indicated Ethernet port. ——

Remote Errored Frame Status Received a message that Errored Frame has been
——
detected at the opposing site.

Remote Errored Frame Status Received a message that Errored Frame Period has
——
Period been detected at the opposing site.

Remote Errored Frame Status Received a message that Errored Frame Seconds
——
Seconds Summary Summary has been detected at the opposing site.

Remote Errored Frame Status Received a message that Errored Symbol Period has
——
Symbol Period been detected at the opposing site.

SFP Port Type Status Indicates an SFP Port type, optic or electric. ——

Speed & Duplex Status Indicates a specified LAN Port Setting on speed rate
——
and duplex mode.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-15

5.2.2.8 MSE Tab and List of Conditions

The MSE tabbed window displays the information of alarms and status detected from
MSE-A Card. Clicking the MSE tab adds another row of related tabs.

Figure 5-11 Current Status Window — MSE Tab

Table 5-6 List of Conditions for MSE

Indication Category Description Severity

Adaptive CLK Status Status Outputs in the adaptive clock state has changed.
——
[Acquired, Acquiring, Holdover]

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-16 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.2.3 Save the Displayed Information

Procedure 5-2

1. Click the Save button. File Download option window appears.


Save tool button

2. Click the Save button:


Figure 5-12 Save File Option Window

Save As option window appears.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-17

3. Specify the directory to save the information, then click the Save button:
Figure 5-13 Save As Option Window

 A file name is specified by default using the name of information type and saving
date, e.g., an example above shows that the Active Alarm data is saved on
October 8th, 2010 at 12:59:34 pm. [ActiveAlarm_YYYYMMDDhhmmss.csv,
where YYYY indicates the year using four digits, MM indicates the month, DD
indicates the day, hh indicates the hour, mm indicates the minute, and ss
indicates the second.]

4. When the process is completed, the Download complete window appears.


Click the Close button of the window.

Figure 5-14 Download completed Window

5. Check the specified directory for the data if they are properly saved.

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-18 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.3 Alarm Lights


If an alarm is detected, its ALM LED on the IDU front indicates the condition as well.
A faulty part can be located by viewing the ALM LED indication(s) and the current
alarm status retrieved by the WebLCT. The alarm notification is also made to the user
by an Office Alarm, such as the Station Alarm bell and lamps.

ALM LED on the rack front lights up if an alarm is generated, and goes off when the
condition is cleared. Following show the locations of LEDs:

5.3.1 iPASOLINK VR 10 Controls and Indicators

5.3.1.1 iPASOLINK VR 10 Main Shelf

Figure 5-15 iPASOLINK VR Front View

5.3.1.4 Universal Slots (14 Slots)


[Card Type: MODEM-A/EA, 16E1-A, STM1-A, GbE-A, MSE-A]

5.3.1.2 MC-MV 5.3.1.6 FAN-


Card (Main Card) MV Card (2

5.3.1.3 TERM- 5.3.1.5 PS-MV Card (1 or 2

5.3.1.2 MC-MV Card (Main Card)

Figure 5-16 MC-MV Card Controls and Indicators

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-19

5.3.1.3 TERM-MV Card

Figure 5-17 TERM-MV Card Indicator

5.3.1.4 Universal Slots

(a) MODEM-A/EA Card

Figure 5-18 MODEM-A/EA Card Control and Indicators

(b) 16E1-A Card

Figure 5-19 16E1-A Card Indicator

(c) STM1-A Card

Figure 5-20 STM1-A Card Indicator

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-20 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

(d) GbE-A Card


Figure 5-21 GbE-A Card Indicators

(e) XGbE-MV Card


Figure 5-22 GbE-A Card Indicators

(f) MSE-A Card


Figure 5-23 MSE-A Card Indicators

5.3.1.5 PS-MV Card


Figure 5-24 PS-M Card Indicator

5.3.1.6 FAN-MV Card


Figure 5-25 FAN-MV Card Indicator

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-21

5.4 Trouble Shooting Flow

5.4.1 Troubleshoot ODU TX Section


Figure 5-26 Flowchart for Troubleshooting ODU TX Section

START

Is
IDU LED (red) NO
of MC-MV (ACT) Card
on?
YES Connect WebLCT to see if
the Status for ODU indicates
Normal or not.
Is
ALM LED (red) NO
on MODEM Card
blinking? *: regarding specification,
Does length and cable loss.
NO
YES TX Input indicate
Normal?

Check IF cable connections: YES


 Connected properly? Are IF cables NO
 Has no short-circuit? standard* type?

Does NO YES
TX Power indicate
Normal? Replace ODU.

YES
Connect the standard
type IF cables.

Turn MD/ODU PWR switch on


IDU off, and turn it on again.
Does
ODU CPU / Cable Open
indicate Normal?
NO
Reset ODU’s CPU. YES Does
TX Power vary NO
with ATPC manual
control?

Do ODU YES
NO
conditions indicate
Normal?
If Alarm of TX Power
YES is not removed by
Replace ODU. Check ODU’s improving temperature,
RX Section. replace ODU. Replace ODU.
END

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-22 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.4.2 Troubleshoot ODU RX Section


Figure 5-27 Flowchart for Troubleshooting RX Section

START

Is
IDU LED (red) NO
of MC-MV (ACT) Card
on?
YES
Connect WebLCT to see if
the Status for ODU indicates
Is Normal or not.
ALM LED (red) NO
on MODEM Card
blinking?

YES Does
RX Level indicate NO
Normal?
Check IF cable connections:
 Connected properly? YES
 Has no short-circuit? Does NO
RX Level by RSL monitor
vary at random
interval?
YES

Check the fading


and/or the interfaces.

Does Are
NO frequency NO
ODU CPU / Cable Open values at local and
indicate Normal? opposite sites
correct?
YES
YES
Reset ODU’s CPU.

Has ODU’s NO
TX Section been already
Check antenna system
Do ODU checked? or replace ODU.
NO
status indicate
Normal? YES

YES

Check ODU’s Adjust the frequency to


Replace ODU. Replace ODU. TX Section. the appropriate value.

END

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-23

5.4.3 Troubleshoot IDU Section


Figure 5-28 Flowchart for Troubleshooting IDU Section (1/2)

START

Is
PWR LED (green) NO
of PS-M Card
on?
YES
Replace a fuse on IDU.

Is
NO
IDU LED (red) of
MC-MV Card
on?
YES

Connect WebLCT, and check the Current Status


to see if the IDU object indicates Normal or not.
Is if the IDU object indicates
ALM LED (red) of NO
MODEM Card
blinking?
YES
Does
AIS Generated NO
Check IF cable connections: indicate Normal?

 Connected properly? YES


 Has no short-circuit?
Check associated DTE.

Do
other lines statuses NO
indicate Normal?

YES
Check associated DTE
at local site.

Does
Usage Error NO
indicate Normal?

YES
Set appropriate
channel usage.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-24 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Figure 5-29 Flowchart for Troubleshooting IDU Section (2/2)

Does
status of ODU NO
indicate Normal?

YES Check ODU Section.

Does NO
status of IDU
indicate Normal?

YES Does
Module of Main Card NO
indicate Normal?

YES
Replace IDU.
Execute IF Loopback. Does
NO
[Refer to 4.3.1 IF Loopback] Module of Option Card
indicate Normal?

YES
Replace Option Card.
Does NO
RDI indicate
Does
NO Normal?
Status of IDU indicate
Normal? YES
YES Check equipment
Check ODU Section. on opposite site.
Do
LOF, Frame ID,
High BER, Low BER and NO
Early Warning indicate
Normal?

YES Replace IDU.

Does
NO
input LOS indicate
Normal?

YES

Check associated DTE Check DTE and cable


and cable connections connections.
on opposite site.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-25

5.5 Replacing Procedures for Radio Portion


For procedures to replace outdoor equipment, refer to the Appendix, Outdoor
Equipment manual

5.6 Replacing Procedure for IDU


Following are procedures to dismount/mount IDU. For the technical assistance or
information, contact your project contractor, or an NEC supporting office.

CAUTION:
1. Maintenance personnel must wear a antistatic wrist strap connected to the
grounded (G) jack to prevent the electrostatic discharges that may affect or
damage the Cards, or may cause equipment errors. Wearing the antistatic wrist
strap will minimize the electrostatic that may be built up during the maintenance
operation.
2. Do NOT disconnect/connect the IF Cable while the IDU power is on, or the
equipment may be damaged. Ensure to turn the IDU power off before
attempting to disconnect/connect IF cables.

5.6.1 Replace Fuse


If the power is supplied but the IDU is not powered on, check the condition of fuse(s)
that is/are mounted on PS-MV Card.

5.6.2 Replace IDU

Procedure 5-3

 Dismount IDU

1. Disconnect the power supply cables from the power supply terminal on PS-
MV Card.

2. Disconnect the IF cables, signal cables, power cable, etc., in the following
order:

i) Disconnect signal cables from ports on 16E1-A, STM1-A, GbE-A, XGbE-MV


and MSE Cards.

ii) Disconnect IF cables from IN/OUT terminals.

iii) Disconnect the grounding cable from the FG terminal on MODEM-A/EA Card.
NOTE: Reuse the adapters for IF cable connectors.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-26 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

3. Loosen screws and dismount the IDU.


NOTE: Use a screwdriver to loosen screws.

CAUTION: Surface of IDU may still be hot for a while after the
IDU is powered off.

Figure 5-30 Dismount/Mount IDU

SURFACE (may be hot)

SCREWS

SCREWS

Figure 5-31 Bracket Mounting Position


CENTER POSITION REAR POSITION

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-27

 Mount IDU

4. Place the brackets in the desired positions on IDU, if necessary.

5. Place the IDU onto the original position on the mounting rack, and secure it
by tightening screws.

6. Reconnect the cables to the original ports in the following order:


i) Connect the Grounding cable to the FG port on MODEM-A/EA Card.
NOTE: Screw torque should be within 13 ±2 kgf•cm.
ii) Connect IF cables (with adapters) to IF IN/OUT ports.

iii) Connect the signal cables to the appropriate ports on 16E1-A, STM-1A, GbE-
A, XGbE-MV and MSE Cards.
NOTE: Confirm the appropriate port numbers before connecting cables.

7. Form the wiring, and secure the cables to the mounting rack using cable ties.
NOTES:
1. Ensure not to drop the cables down in front of IDU’s indicators and
switches. Front of these must be cleared.
2. Do not bend IF cables. Wire and form the cables with the appropriate
radius, e.g., 5D-FB: 45 mm.

8. Connect the power supply cable to the power supply port on PS-MV Card.

9. Check that the IDU is powered on.

PWR LED

IDU (EXAMPLE)
PS-MV CARD

Figure 5-32 Connect Power Supply Cable and Check PWR LED

This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-28 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.7 Trouble Clearing

5.7.1 Overview

Following are procedures to recover the equipment if it is in failure. Failed conditions


are issued to LED on the equipment and to the status information on WebLCT. Refer
to 5.1 Equipment Conditions, 5.2 View Current Status and 5.3 Alarm Lights
for the indications.

5.7.2 Making Contact with NEC

For the technical assistance or information, contact your project contractor, or an


NEC supporting office.

5.7.3 Objects and Their Condition Types

Descriptions and procedures for the trouble clearing are organized in the alphabetic
order of indication messages. Alarm indication messages and their procedures to
clear the conditions are provided as the following:

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (1 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

Adaptive CLK Status —— MSE [MSE-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

ALS —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

APS Lock-in Status —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

APS Online Status —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

APS Protection Status —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

APS SW —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

ATPC Power Mode —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

AU AIS MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-37.

AU LOP MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-37.

Bus Error MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-38

Card Type Mismatch MN Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-38

CLK Drift MN Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-38

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-29

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (2 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

CLK FAIL MN 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-39

MN ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]

MN Main Card [MC-MV]

MN MODEM [MODEM-A/EA]

MN STM-1 [STM1-A]

CLK Status Changed MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-40

CLK2M Mount Status —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

Cluster Alarm Out —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

Communication FAIL MJ 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-40

MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]

MJ Main Card [MC-MV]

MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA]

MJ MSE [MSE-A]

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

MJ TERM-MV

Compression Setting MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-41


MJ
Mismatch

DB Mismatch MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-41

Delay Equalizer Setting MODEM [MODEM-EA] on Page 5-42


MJ
Mismatch

E1 AIS MJ / – 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-43

E1 AIS Generated —— 16E1 [16E1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)


E1 AIS Generated
—— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

E1 LOS MJ 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-43

Early Warning WR MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-44

ETH LOS MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-44

ETH TF MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

ETH-OAM LOC MJ IDU on Page 5-45

ETH-OAM Mismerge MN IDU on Page 5-46

ETH-OAM RDI MJ IDU on Page 5-46

ETH-OAM Unexpected MEP MN IDU on Page 5-47

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-30 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (3 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

EXT CLK AIS MN Main Card [MC-M]V on Page 5-47

EXT CLK LOF MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-48

EXT CLK Loop MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-48

EXT CLK LOS MN Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-49

EXT CLK Mount Status —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

EXT CLK Output Status —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

EXT CLK Quality Level —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

EXT CLK Type Mismatch MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-50

EXT CLK Unequipped MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-50

FAN FAIL MJ FAN [FAN-MV] on Page 5-51

FDB Full —— IDU (VLAN) (Indicating the condition only.)

Firmware / FPGA Mismatch MN Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-51

Firmware Version Mismatch MN Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-52

Flow Control —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

Frame ID MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-52

High BER MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-53

HKC [assigned item] —/* (Indicating the condition only.)

HKC [assigned item] —— (Indicating the condition only.)

HP PLM MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-53

HP RDI MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-54

HP TIM MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-54

HP UNEQ MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-55

IF Cable Short MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-55

InPhase —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

L2SYNC Loss MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-56

LACP Status —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

LAG Link MJ IDU (Indicating the condition only.)

LAG LLF Status —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

LAG Port Loop Detect —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

LAG Port Status —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-31

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (4 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

LAN Link MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-57

License Mismatch MJ IDU on Page 5-58

Link OAM Down MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-58

LLF —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

LLF Message Timeout —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

LO REF MN ODU on Page 5-59

LOF MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-59

LOM MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-60

Low BER MN MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-60

LP PLM MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-61

LP RDI MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-61

LP UNEQ MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-62

LTI MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-62

Main Card Alarm MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-62

Main Card CPU Alarm MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-63

Maintenance —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

MDI/MDI-X —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

MOD MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-64

MODEM Power Supply —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

MODEM Power Supply Alarm MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-64

Module MJ 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-65

MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]

MJ Main Card [MC-MV]

MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA]

MJ MSE [MSE-A]

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

MJ TERM-MV

MS AIS MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-65

MS RDI MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-65

Mute Status —— ODU (Indicating the condition only.)

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-32 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (5 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

ODU Alarm MJ ODU on Page 5-66

ODU CPU / Cable Open MJ ODU on Page 5-66

ODU Power Supply MJ ODU on Page 5-66

Online Status —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

PJE —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

Power Supply MJ PS [PS-MV] on Page 5-67

PPS FAIL MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-68

Radio Aggregation Traffic MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)


——
Encapsulation Error

Radio Traffic Aggregation Link MJ IDU on Page 5-68

Radio Traffic Aggregation Port MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)
——
Status

Radio Traffic Aggregation MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-69


MJ
Setting Mismatch

Radio Transmission Mode MODEM [MODEM-EA] on Page 5-69


MJ
Mismatch

Radio Transparent Clock MODEM [MODEM-EA] on Page 5-69


MJ
Setting Mismatch

RDI WR MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-71

Remote Critical Event CR ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-71

Remote Dying Gasp CR ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-71

Remote Errored Frame —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-72

Remote Errored Frame Period —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-72

Remote Errored Frame ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-72


——
Seconds Summary

Remote Errored Symbol ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-72


——
Period

Remote Link Fault MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-72

RS DEG MN STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-73

RS EXC MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-73

RS LOF MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-74

RS TIM MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-74

RS UAS Status —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-33

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (6 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

Running Status —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

RX Bus Error MJ 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-75

MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]

MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA]

MJ MSE [MSE-A]

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

RX Level MJ ODU on Page 5-76

RX Modulation —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

RX SW Status —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

SBY Communication FAIL Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-76


MJ
(TERM)

SBY RX Bus Error MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-77

SBY TX Bus Error MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-77

SFP Port Type —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

SFP Removed MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-78

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

SFP Type Mismatch MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] on Page 5-78

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

SNCP Protection Status —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

SNCP SW —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

Softkey Equip Serial Mismatch MJ Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-79

Speed & Duplex —— ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

Squelch —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

SSM FAIL MN Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-80

STM-1 AIS Generated —— STM-1 [STM1-A] (Indicating the condition only.)

STM-1 LOS MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-80

Switch Complete —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

Switch Over FAIL —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

Switched Reason —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

Switched Time —— Main Card [MC-MV] (Indicating the condition only.)

TDM Buffer Underrun MJ MSE [MSE-A] on Page 5-82

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-34 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (7 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

TDM/AMR Range Mismatch MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-82

Temperature MN Main Card [MC-MV] on Page 5-83

TERM Card Change —— TERM-MV (Indicating the condition only.)

TF MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-83

Total FDB Full —— IDU (Indicating the condition only.)

TU AIS MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-84

TU LOP MJ STM-1 [STM1-A] on Page 5-84

TX Bus Error MJ 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-85

MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]

MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA]

MJ MSE [MSE-A]

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

TX Input MJ ODU on Page 5-85

TX Modulation MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)


——

TX Power MJ ODU on Page 5-85

TX SW Lock-in Status —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

TX SW Reverse Request —— MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] (Indicating the condition only.)

TX SW Status —— ODU (Indicating the condition only.)

Type Mismatch MJ 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-86

MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]

MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA]

MJ MSE [MSE-A]

MJ ODU

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

MJ TERM-MV

UAE WR MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-87

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-35

Table 5-7 iPASOLINK VR 10 Condition Types (8 of 8)

INDICATION Severity Object Procedure

Unequipped MJ 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-87

MJ FAN [FAN-MV]

MJ ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]

MJ Main Card [MC-MV]

MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA]

MJ MSE [MSE-A]

MJ PS [PS-M]

MJ STM-1 [STM1-A]

MJ TERM-MV

Unlocked MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-88

Usage Error MN 16E1 [16E1-A] on Page 5-88

XIF MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-88

XPIC Mode Mismatch MJ MODEM [MODEM-A/EA] on Page 5-89

XPIC Pair Mute Mode MODEM [MODEM-EA] on Page 5-89


MN
Mismatch

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-36 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.7.4 Clearing Procedures

Adaptive CLK Status

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the status of the outputs in
the adaptive clock has changed.

ALS

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the ALS function has
suspended optical outputs at indicated STM-1 optical port.

APS Lock-in Status

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the APS Protection
Switching is in the locked-in status.

APS Online Status

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the online status of APS
Protection.

APS Protection Status

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the APS Protection status, such
as FS, SF, SD, MS and NR.

APS SW

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message notifies that the selected APS Protection
has been changed.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-37

ATPC Power Mode

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that a failure of APTC control
signal (for 90 seconds), or a status of MAX Power (for 90 seconds) has been
detected.

AU AIS

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that an AU (Administrative Unit) Alarm Indication Signal
has been detected from the incoming signal on the indicated facility. The problem of
this condition pertains to the MSA function of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-4
1. Check if any alarms occur to a facility or path in the far-end NE that is associated
with the indicated facility.
2. Clear the condition that causes the alarm at the far-end NE.

3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the AU AIS alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

AU LOP

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that a failure of AU (Administrative Unit) LOP (Loss of
Pointer) has been detected from the incoming signal on the indicated facility. The
problem of this condition pertains to MSA function of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-5
1. Check if any alarms occur to a facility or path in the far-end NE that is associated
with the indicated facility.
2. Clear the condition that causes the alarm at the far-end NE.

3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the AU LOP alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-38 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Bus Error

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure occurs to the Bus on the indicated Main Card.

Procedure 5-6
1. Replace the MC-MV Card that issues the alarm.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Bus Error alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Card Type Mismatch

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the MC-MV Card in active and that in the standby mode
do not match.

Procedure 5-7
1. Using the WebLCT, retrieve the Equipment Inventory Information to check the
Code No. of installed MC-MV Cards.

2. Replace either the MC-MV Card to allow compatibility with the other.
NOTE: Do not attempt to remove MC-MV Card in the active mode. If the
target MC-MV is in active, switch its mode to the standby to replace.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Card Type Mismatch alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

CLK Drift

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the reference clock frequency of the incoming signal of
the indicates facility is out of synchronized range. The problem of this condition
pertains to the far-end NE.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-39

Procedure 5-8
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the equipment in the other site, and clear it/
them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the CLK Drift alarm is cleared.

3. Is the CLK Drift alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 4.
4. Check if any alarm(s) issued to the indicated port/line is/are cleared.

5. Is any alarm reported to the indicated port/line?


 YES: Clear it/them, then go to Step.
 NO: Contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the CLK Drift alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

CLK FAIL

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]
16E1 [16E1-A]
STM-1 [STM1-A]
ETH [GbE-A, XGbE-MV]
This condition indicates that the reference clock source failure is detected from the
incoming signal of the indicated facility. The problem of this condition pertains to the
optical fiber cable or electrical cable of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-9
1. Check if any other alarm(s) is/are detected from/for the indicated facility or from
the other site.
2. Clear the alarm(s).

3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the CLK Fail alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-40 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

CLK Status Changed

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm.The message indicates that a change has been made to
Reference Clock:

CLK2M Mount Status

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm.The message indicates the status of mounted CLK2
Module.

Cluster Alarm Out

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the Cluster Alarm is
enabled to output.

Communication FAIL

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]
16E1 [16E1-A Card]
STM-1 [STM1-A Card]
ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
MSE [MSE-A Card]
TERM [TERM-MV Card]
This condition indicates that a failure occurs in the equipment internal
communication among the optional Cards.

Procedure 5-10
1. Replace the optional Card.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Communication Fail alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-41

Compression Setting Mismatch

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that the Header Compression settings or the Payload
Compression at two opposed site do not match, or MODEM-EA with the improper
FPGA version that does not support the Header Compression or the Payload
Compression is set to enable these functions.

Procedure 5-11
1. Launch WebLCT.

2. Check and match the settings of VLAN Mode, Header Compression Mode, and
Payload Compression of alarmed MODEM and its opposed MODEM:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Provisioning ➜ MODEM Function Setting
➜ MODEM Port Setting
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Compression Setting Mismatch
alarm is cleared.
4. Is Compression Setting Mismatch alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 5.
5. Check the FPGA Version of alarmed MODEM:
 In order to apply Header Compression mode, FPGA Version of MODEM-A/
EA must be 2.00 or later.
 In order to apply Payload Compression mode, MODEM-EA must be NWA-
074398-522 and its FPGA Version must be 8.00 or later.
If the improper FPGA is found, fix it.
6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Compression Setting Mismatch
alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further
maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

DB Mismatch

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the configuration data stored in the active MC-MV and
standby MC-MV do not match.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-42 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Procedure 5-12
1. Launch WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT.

3. Execute the CPU Reset to the standby MC-MV Card. Refer to 4.7 Equipment
Reset for the resetting procedure.

4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the DB Mismatch alarm is cleared.

5. Is DB Mismatch alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 6.
6. Execute the H/W Reset to the standby MC-MV.

7. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the DB Mismatch alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Delay Equalizer Setting Mismatch

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that the indicated MODEM is set to enable the Delay
Equalizer function though its FPGA Version does not support the function.

Procedure 5-13
1. Launch WebLCT.

2. Check the FPGA Version of the indicated MODEM:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Inventory ➜ Equipment Inventory Information — IDU Tab
 Appropriate FPGA Version is 7.02 or later.
3. Is the FPGA Version of the indicated MODEM appropriate?
 YES: Contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
 NO: Replace the MODEM with the appropriate one, or disable the Delay
Equalizer function.
To disable the function:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Maintenance Control ➜ Office Maintenance Control
(Delay Equalizer option field)

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-43

4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Delay Equalizer Setting
Mismatch alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the
further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

E1 AIS

16E1 [16E1-A Card]


This condition indicates that AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) is detected from the
incoming signal on the indicated facility. The problem of this condition pertains to
the indicated line of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-14
1. Check if any alarm(s) is/are detected in a facility/path of the far-end NE that is
associated with the indicated facility. If any exists, clear it/them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the E1 AIS alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

E1 AIS Generated

16E1 [16E1-A Card]


STM-1 [STM1-A Card]
This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the AIS is generated on the
E1 Channel.

E1 LOS

16E1 [16E1-A Card]


This condition indicates that E1 LOS (Loss of Signal) is detected from the incoming
signal of the indicated facility. The problem of this condition pertains to the cable
connection of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-15
1. Check the cable connections or the equipment at the opposing site, and correct
them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the E1 LOS alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-44 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Early Warning

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that the system detects degradation of radio signals. (Early
Warning threshold detection.)

Procedure 5-16
1. Launch the WebLCT.

2. Display the Current Metering to check RX Level.


 If the value is appropriate, replace the IDU.
 If the value is inappropriate, proceed with the flowchart: 5.4.2
Troubleshoot ODU RX Section.

This step ends the procedure.

ETH LOS

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the LOS (Loss of Signal) is detected from the incoming
signal on the indicated Ethernet facility. The problem of this condition pertains to the
optical fiber or to the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-17
1. Verify that the cable connections are all appropriate.

2. Check if any alarm(s) is/are issued to the far-end NE. If any exist(s), clear it/
them.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH LOS alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

ETH TF

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure is detected in an installed SFP module. The
problem of this condition is likely to be caused by a defective SFP module.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-45

Procedure 5-18
1. Replace the target SFP module.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH TF alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

ETH-OAM LOC

IDU
This condition indicates that the LOC (Loss of Connectivity) is detected from the
indicated MEP. The problem of this condition pertains to the far-end NE or the MEG/
MEP Configuration Error in the WebLCT.

Procedure 5-19
1. Check if any alarm occurs to the far-end NE that is associated with the indicated
MEP, and clear the condition(s).

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM LOC alarm is cleared.

3. Is the ETH-OAM LOC alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Check the MEG/MEP Configuration in the WebLCT, and go to Step 4.

4. Is the MEG/MEP Configuration appropriate?


 YES: Go to Step 6..
 NO: Correct the configuration, and go to Step 5.

5. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM LOC alarm is cleared.
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 6.

6. Check the MEG/MEP Configuration on the far-end site.


7. Is MEG/MEP Configuration on the far-end site appropriate?
 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Correct them, and go to Step 8.

8. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM LOC alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-46 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

ETH-OAM Mismerge

IDU
This condition indicates that the received ETH-CC Frame matches to the MEP level,
but with an incorrect maintenance ID. This may be caused by receiving the
unexpected ETH-CC Frames from the far-end NE, or by the MEG/MEP
Configuration error in WebLCT.

Procedure 5-20
1. Check the MEG/MEP Configuration, and correct it if it has any error.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM Mismerge alarm is
cleared.
3. Is the ETH-OAM Mismerge alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Check the MEG/MEP Configuration of the far-end NE, and then go to
Step 4.
4. Is MEG/MEP Configuration on the far-end site appropriate?
 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Correct them, and go to Step 5.
5. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM Mismerge alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

ETH-OAM RDI

IDU
This condition indicates that the RDI (Remote Defect Indication) is detected from the
received ETH-CC Frame on the indicated MEP. The problem of this condition
pertains to alarms (failure) at the peer MEP.

Procedure 5-21
1. Check if any alarm is issued to an MEG of a peer MEP that is associated with the
indicated MEP.
2. Is there any alarm occurring?
 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Clear it/them, and go to Step 3.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-47

3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM RDI alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

ETH-OAM Unexpected MEP

IDU
This condition indicates that a mismatch of ETH-CC transmit period is detected from
the indicated MEG. The problem is a mismatch between the MEG Configuration of
local NE and that of far-end NE in WebLCT.

Procedure 5-22
1. Check the MEG Configuration, and correct it if it has any error.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM Unexpected MEP
alarm is cleared.
3. Is the ETH-OAM Unexpected MEP alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Check the MEG Configuration of the far-end NE, and go to Step 4.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ETH-OAM Unexpected MEP
alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further
maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

EXT CLK AIS

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) is detected from the
incoming signal on the External Clock IN Port. The problem of this condition
pertains to the external timing source.

Procedure 5-23
1. Check if any alarm is issued to the opposing NE, and clear it/them if exist(s).

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK AIS alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-48 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

EXT CLK LOF

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that LOF (Loss of Frame) is detected from the incoming 2
Mbps signal on the External Clock IN port. The problem of this condition pertains to
the external timing source.

Procedure 5-24
1. Check if any alarm is issued to the opposing NE, and clear it/them if exist(s).

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK LOF alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

EXT CLK Loop

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a timing loop is detected on the EXT CLK. This alarm is
issued if both the EXT CLK IN and EXT CLK OUT selects the NE Clock for the
timing source.
NOTE: If the destination of EXT CLK OUT and source of EXT CLK IN are
different NEs, ignore this alarm.

Procedure 5-25
1. Launch the WebLCT, and display the Ext Clock Setting window.

2. Change the reference clock source from EXT CLK IN to other reference clock
source.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK Loop alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
NOTE: If EXT CLK IN is not used for the system clock, delete it from the
reference clock.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-49

EXT CLK LOS

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that LOS (Loss of Signal) is detected from the incoming
signal on the indicated facility. The problem of this condition pertains to input cables
or to the external timing source.

Procedure 5-26
1. Check if the cable connections are all appropriate. If not, correct them.

2. Check if any alarm is issued to the far-end NE. If exists, clear it/them.

3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK LOS alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

EXT CLK Mount Status

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the status of mounted EXT
CLK module.

EXT CLK Output Status

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the status EXT CLK outputs.

EXT CLK Quality Level

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the quality level of EXT CLK
outputs.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-50 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

EXT CLK Type Mismatch

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure is detected from the indicated Card. The
problem of this condition is likely to be caused by an invalid Card type.

Procedure 5-27
1. Replace the CLK2M-C Card on the MC-MV Card.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK Type Mismatch alarm is
cleared.
3. Is the EXT CLK Type Mismatch alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace MC-MV Card, then go to Step 4.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK Type Mismatch alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

EXT CLK Unequipped

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure is detected from the MC-MV Card. This
condition is caused if the CLK2M-C Card is not properly mounted.

Procedure 5-28
1. Check CLK2M-C Card to see if it is properly mounted. If not, mount it properly.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK Unequipped alarm is
cleared.
3. Is the EXT CLK Unequipped alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace MC-MV Card, then go to Step 4.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the EXT CLK Unequipped alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-51

FAN Fail

FAN [FAN-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure is detected from the indicated FAN-MV Card.

Procedure 5-29
1. Replace the FAN.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the FAN Fail alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

FDB Full

IDU
This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the FDB of the specified
VLAN is full

Firmware / FPGA Mismatch

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the version of MC-MV’s FPGA does not catch up with
that of firmware stored in the MC-MV Card. While in this status, iPASOLINK VR 10
cannot support some functions properly.

Procedure 5-30
1. Launch WebLCT to display Inventory window, and check the MC-MV Card’s
firmware version and FPGA version.
2. Do the version of FPGA correspond to that of the firmware?
 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Check to find the correct versions, and fix either the version of FPGA or
firmware.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Firmware/FPGA Mismatch alarm
is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-52 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Firmware Version Mismatch

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the firmware version stored in the active MC-MV Card
and that in the standby MC-MV Card do not match.

Procedure 5-31
1. Launch WebLCT to display Inventory window, and check the firmware versions
of both MC-MV Cards.
2. Are the firmware versions of both MC-MV Cards the same?
 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Conform the firmware version of either one to the other by the firmware
download or by the ROM switch.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Firmware Version Mismatch
alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further
maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Flow Control

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the status of indicates Ethernet
port regarding its flow control.

Frame ID

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that the Frame ID (route differentiation ID) and its expected
value do not match.

Procedure 5-32
1. Check if the Frame ID value specified at local and that specified at the opposing
site are identical.
2. If the specified Frame ID values are the same, replace the IDU.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-53

High BER

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that the radio signals are significantly degraded, where the
threshold is IE-4 (default value).

Procedure 5-33
1. Launch the WebLCT.

2. Display the Current Metering to check RX Level.


 If the value is appropriate, replace the IDU.
 If the value is inappropriate, proceed with the flowchart: 5.4.2
Troubleshoot ODU RX Section.

This step ends the procedure.

HP PLM

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that PLM (Payload Label Mismatch) is detected from the
incoming signal (Higher Order Path) on the indicated facility. The problem of this
condition pertains to the configuration of far-end NE.

Procedure 5-34
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to a facility or path in the far-end NE that is
associated with the indicated facility.
2. Is any alarm occurring?
 YES: Clear the alarm(s) at the far-end NE.
 NO: Contact NEC.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the HP PLM alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-54 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

HP RDI

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that RDI (Remote Defect Indication) is detected from the
incoming signal (Higher Order Path) on the indicated facility. The problem of this
condition is caused by an HP alarm at the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-35
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to a facility or path in the far-end NE that is
associated with the indicated facility.
2. Is any alarm occurring?
 YES: Clear the alarm(s) at the far-end NE.
 NO: Contact NEC.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the HP RDI alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

HP TIM

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that TIM (Trace Identifier Mismatch) is detected from the
incoming signal (Higher Order Path) on the indicated facility. The problem of this
condition pertains to the J1 setting or to the far-end NE setting.

Procedure 5-36
1. Launch WebLCT to display the STM-1 Port Setting window.
◆ WebLCT Menu Path:
Provisioning ➜ E1/STM-1/Cross Connect Setting
➜ STM-1 Port Setting
2. Check if the value of Received Higher Order Path Trace and that of Expected
Higher Order Path Trace match.

3. Do they match?
 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Correct the value.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the HP TIM alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-55

HP UNEQ

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that HP UNEQ (Unequipped) is detected from the incoming
signal (Higher Order Path) on the indicated facility. The problem of this condition
pertains to the crossconnect settings of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-37
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the facility or path of the far-end NE that is
associated with the indicated facility.
2. Is any alarm occurring?
 YES: Clear it/them.
 NO: Contact NEC.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the HP UNEQ alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IF Cable Short

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that the IF Cable between IDU and ODU is short-circuited.

Procedure 5-38
1. Replace the IF Cable.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the IF Cable Short alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Inphase

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the DADE status of the
incoming signals at MODEM-1 and that at MODEM-2 are in phase or not. If they are
in phase, a hitless switching operation is available.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-56 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

L2SYNC Loss

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that the frame synchronization loss is detected from the GFP
Frame on MODEM port.

Procedure 5-39
1. Launch the WebLCT.

2. Display the Current Metering to check RX Level.


 If the value is appropriate, replace the IDU.
 If the value is inappropriate, proceed with the flowchart: 5.4.2
Troubleshoot ODU RX Section.

This step ends the procedure.

LACP Status

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the current status of LACP
(Link Aggregation Control Protocol).

LAG LINK

IDU
This condition indicates that all the member ports of Ethernet LAG (Link
Aggregation Group) have failed. The problem of this condition pertains to the optical
fiber cables or to the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-40
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) in the opposing site, and clear it/them if exist(s).

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LAG LINK alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

LAG LLF Status

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the settings of Link
Aggregation Group - Link Loss Forwarding.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-57

LAG Port Loop Detect

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the received LACP Frame
has its own MAC Source Address for its Source Address.

LAG Port Status

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the Active/Standby status of
LAG member ports.

LAN Link

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the Link-Down is detected from the indicated Ethernet
port. The problem of this condition pertains to the optical fiber cables or to the far-
end NE.

Procedure 5-41
1. Check the connections of optical fiber cables.
 Connect optical fiber cables properly.
 Replace optical fiber cables if required.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LAN LINK alarm is cleared.

3. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 4.
4. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the far-end NE, and clear it/them if any exist(s).

5. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LAN LINK alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-58 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

License Mismatch

IDU
This condition indicates that registration(s) of unlicensed setting(s) is/are detected.
This alarm may be issued if the system is downgraded by an inappropriate use of
license, etc., leaving the settings registered under the previous (higher graded)
license. To recover from this status, all the provisioning data should be removed.

Procedure 5-42
1. Launch WebLCT to display the Shipment window.
◆ WebLCT Menu Path:
Equipment Utility ➜ Shipment

2. Remove the provisioning data. Refer to 4.12.6 Restore Factory Default Settings.

3. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Contact NEC.
This step ends the procedure.

Link OAM Down

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the system detects Link OAM Keepalive Protocol
Timeout. The problem of this condition pertains to Ethernet Link, configuration of
Link OAM, hardware error, etc., of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-43
1. Check if any error occurs to Link OAM Configuration, or to the equipment at the
opposing site, and clear them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Link OAM Down alarm is cleared.
If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

LLF

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


ETH [GbE-A Card XGbE-MV Card]
This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the status of Link Loss
Forwarding.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-59

LLF Message Timeout

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the conditional signals for
LLF control have repeatedly been received from the opposing radio equipment.

LO REF

ODU
This condition indicates that the Local Reference Signal Loss is detected from ODU.

Procedure 5-44
1. Check the IF Cable (cable type. cable length, and the loss).

2. Is the appropriate IF Cable properly connected?


 YES: Go to Step 5.
 NO: Correct the IF Cable, and go to Step 3..
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LO REF alarm is cleared.

4. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 5.
5. Replace the ODU.

6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LO REF alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

LOF

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This message indicates that the Loss of Frame is detected at the Radio side.

Procedure 5-45
1. Launch the WebLCT, and display the Current Metering to check RX Level:
 If the value is appropriate, go to Step 4.
 If the value is inappropriate, proceed with the flowchart: 5.4.2
Troubleshoot ODU RX Section.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LOF alarm is cleared.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-60 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

3. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 4.
4. Replace the IDU.

5. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LOF alarm is cleared. If the alarm
is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

LOM

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that the Loss of Multiframe is detected from the indicated
STM-1 Port. The problem of this condition pertains to the HPA function at the far-
end NE.

Procedure 5-46
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the facility or path in the far-end NE, and clear
it/them if any exist(s).
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LOM alarm is cleared. If the alarm
is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Low BER

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that the radio signals are slightly degraded, where the
threshold is 1E-7 (default value).

Procedure 5-47
1. Launch the WebLCT.

2. Display the Current Metering to check RX Level.


 If the value is appropriate, replace the IDU.
 If the value is inappropriate, proceed with the flowchart: 5.4.2
Troubleshoot ODU RX Section.

This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-61

LP PLM

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that the Status, PLM (Payload Label Mismatch) is detected
from the incoming signal (Lower Order Path) on the indicated facility. The problem
of this condition pertains to the configuration of far-end NE.

Procedure 5-48
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to a facility or path in the far-end NE that is
associated with the indicated facility.
2. Is any alarm occurring?
 YES: Clear the alarm(s) at the far-end NE.
 NO: Contact NEC.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LP PLM alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

LP RDI

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that RDI (Remote Defect Indication) is detected from the
incoming signal (Lower Order Path) on the indicated facility. The problem of this
condition is caused by an LP alarm at the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-49
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to a facility or path in the far-end NE that is
associated with the indicated facility.
2. Is any alarm occurring?
 YES: Clear the alarm(s) at the far-end NE.
 NO: Contact NEC.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LP RDI alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-62 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

LP UNEQ

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that LP UNEQ (Unequipped) is detected from the incoming
signal (Lower Order Path) on the indicated facility. The problem of this condition
pertains to the crossconnect settings of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-50
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the facility or path of the far-end NE that is
associated with the indicated facility.
2. Is any alarm occurring?
 YES: Clear it/them.
 NO: Contact NEC.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LP UNEQ alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

LTI

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition indicates that the system detects LTI (Loss of Timing Inputs) where
the IDU does not synchronize with any reference sources. The problem of this
condition pertains to the optical fiber cables, electrical cables, or to the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-51
1. Check if any alarm regarding the reference clock occur. If any exist(s), clear it/
them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the LTI alarm is cleared. If the alarm is
not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Main Card Alarm

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition indicates that the indicated MC-MV Card has the hardware failure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-63

Procedure 5-52
1. Replace the failed MC-MV Card.

NOTE: Do not attempt to remove the MC-MV Card in the active mode. If the
target MC-MV is in active, switch its mode to the standby to replace.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Main Card Alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Main Card CPU Alarm

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition indicates that the CPU on the indicated MC-MV Card has a failure.

Procedure 5-53
1. Launch WebLCT.

2. Click the Maintenance tool button on the WebLCT.

3. Execute the CPU Reset to the target MC-MV Card. Refer to 4.7 Equipment
Reset for the resetting procedure.

4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Main Card CPU Alarm is cleared.

5. Is Main Card CPU Alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 6.
6. Execute the H/W Reset to the standby MC-MV.

7. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Main Card CPU Alarm is cleared.

8. Is Main Card CPU Alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the target MC-MV Card, and go to Step 9.
9. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Main Card CPU Alarm is cleared.
If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Maintenance

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition is not an alarm. When the Maintenance indicates On, the system is
set into the Maintenance mode.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-64 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

MDI/MDI-X

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message shows the operating type (MDI or MDI-
X) of the indicated Ethernet port currently running.

MOD

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that the MODEM-A/EA Card fails to output power.

Procedure 5-54
1. Replace the MODEM-A/EA Card.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the MOD alarm is cleared. If the alarm
is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

MODEM Power Supply

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition is not an alarm. When the MODEM is powered, the Status indicates
On.

MODEM Power Supply Alarm

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that the MODEM-A/EA Card is not powered on.

Procedure 5-55
1. Check if MD/ODU PWR switch is set to on.
2. Is the MD/ODU PWR switch is on?
 YES: Replace the MODEM-A/EA Card.
 NO: Set the switch to on.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the MODRM Power Supply Alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-65

Module

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


TERM [TERM-MV Card]
16E1 [16E1-A Card]
STM-1 [STM1-A Card]
ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
MSE [MSE-A Card]

This condition indicates that the system detects the hardware error of the indicated
Card.

Procedure 5-56
1. Replace the target Card.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Module alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

MS AIS

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) is detected from the
incoming signal on the indicated facility of Multiplex Section line. This condition is
caused by the MSA function at the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-57
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) in the far-end NE that is associated with the
indicated facility, and clear it/them if any exist(s).
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the MS AIS alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

MS RDI

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition indicates that RDI (Remote Defect Indication). This condition is
caused if a LOS, LOF (consecutive B2 error), or MS-AIS alarm occurs at the far-end
NE.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-66 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Procedure 5-58
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) in the far-end NE that is associated with the
indicated facility, and clear it/them if any exist(s).
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the MS RDI alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Mute Status

ODU
This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates if the ODU TX Power Output
is set to Mute or not.

ODU Alarm

ODU

This condition indicates that the hardware error is detected from ODU.

Procedure 5-59
1. Replace ODU
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ODU Alarm is cleared. If the alarm
is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

ODU CPU / Cable Open

ODU
This condition indicates that the CPU on ODU has a failure, or IF Cable between
IDU and ODU is not properly connected.

Procedure 5-60
Refer to 5.4.1 Troubleshoot ODU TX Section and/or 5.4.2 Troubleshoot ODU
RX Section for the procedure(s).

ODU Power Supply

ODU

This condition indicates that the power supply to ODU fails.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-67

Procedure 5-61
1. Replace the ODU.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the ODU Power Supply is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Online Status

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates which MODEM-A/EA Card is
on line when the MODEM-A/EA Cards configure the 1+1 Protection.

PJE

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the PJE (Pointer
Justification Event) has been generated at the STM Port.

Power Supply

PS [PS-MV Card]
This condition indicates that the power supply is down. The problem of this condition
is caused by failure of the power source, or by the removal of power cable.

Procedure 5-62
1. Check if the power cable is properly connected, and/or if the power source runs
properly, and adjust them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Power Supply alarm is cleared.
3. Is the alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Check the power cable and fuse if they are appropriate. If either is
inappropriate, replace is/them, then go to Step 4.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Power Supply alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-68 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

PPS Fail

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that E1 SNCP PPS (Path Protection Switch) failure is
detected from the incoming signal on the indicated facility. The problem of this
condition pertains to the receiving signals on both the paths configuring the PPS.

Procedure 5-63
1. Check if the secondary path and crossconnection settings are appropriate. If not,
correct it/them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the PPS Fail alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Radio Traffic Aggregation Encapsulation Error

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition is not an alarm. However, if Occur is indicated, the message informs
that the encapsulation packet error has been occurred.

Radio Traffic Aggregation Link

IDU (Radio Link Aggregation Group)

This condition indicates that all the member ports of Radio Link Aggregation Group
have failed.

Procedure 5-64
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to ODU and MODEM-A/EA Card. If any exist(s),
correct it/them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Radio Traffic Aggregation Link is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

Radio Traffic Aggregation Port Status

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The Status indicates the current role of the port.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-69

Radio Traffic Aggregation Setting Mismatch

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that RTA (Radio Traffic Aggregation) settings at the local
and that at its opposing site do not match, or the firmware version, license, and/or the
FPGA version of MODEM is/are not compliant with the RTA function.

Procedure 5-65
1. At both the local and remote side, check the firmware version, license, and
MODEM’s FPGA version of the Radio Group that is issuing the alarm, and
correct it/them if any is/are wrong.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Radio Traffic Aggregation
Setting Mismatch is cleared.

 YES: This step ends the procedure.


 NO: Check and correct the RTA Settings at both local and remote side.
3. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Radio Transmission Mode Mismatch

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that Radio Transmission Mode at the local and that at its
opposing sites do not match, or the indicated MODEM that does not support the
Radio Transmission Mode function is set to enable the function.

Procedure 5-66
1. Launch WebLCT.

2. Check and match the settings of Radio Transmission Mode of the alarmed
MODEM and its opposed MODEM:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Provisioning ➜ MODEM Function Setting
➜ MODEM Port Setting
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Transmission Mode Mismatch
alarm is cleared.
4. Is Radio Transmission Mode Mismatch alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 5.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-70 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5. Check the alarmed MODEM Version. Appropriate MODEM that supports the
Radio Transmission Mode are:
 MODEM-EA: NWA-074398-322/422/522
 FPGA Version: 6.00 or later
 MODEM Parameter: 8 or later
If the wrong type MODEM is installed, disable the Radio Transmission Mode or
replace it with the appropriate type of MODE-EA.
6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Radio Transmission Mode
Mismatch alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the
further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Radio Transparent Clock Setting

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that Radio Transparent Setting at the local and that at its
opposing sites do not match, or the indicated MODEM that does not support the
Radio Transparent Clock function is set to enable the function.

Procedure 5-67
1. Launch WebLCT.

2. Check and match the settings of Radio Transparent Clock Setting of the alarmed
MODEM and its opposed MODEM:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Provisioning ➜ MODEM Function Setting
➜ MODEM Port Setting
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Radio Transparent Clock Setting
alarm is cleared.
4. Is Radio Transparent Clock Setting alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 5.
5. Check the alarmed MODEM Version. Appropriate MODEM that supports the
Radio Transparent Clock are:
 MODEM-EA: NWA-074398-322/422/522
 FPGA Version: 7.00 or later
 MODEM Parameter: 13 or later
If the wrong type MODEM is installed, disable the Radio Transparent Clock or

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-71

replace it with the appropriate type of MODE-EA.


6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Radio Transparent Clock Setting
alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further
maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

RDI

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition indicates that RDI (Remote Defect Indication) signal is detected at the
port on MODEM-A/EA Card.

Procedure 5-68
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) in the far-end NE. If any exist(s), correct it/them.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RDI alarm is cleared. If the alarm is
not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Remote Critical Event

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the hardware error is detected at the opposing site
equipment, which is reported via the Ethernet link. This is an alarm regarding
IEEE802.3ah, Link OAM.

Procedure 5-69
1. Replace the equipment at the opposing site.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Remote Critical Event alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

Remote Dying Gasp

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition indicates that the equipment on the opposing site is in the reboot
process. This is an alarm regarding the IEEE802.3ah, Link OAM.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-72 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Procedure 5-70
1. Check if any failures occur to the equipment on the opposing site, and if any
exist, clear them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Remote Dying Gasp alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

Remote Errored Frame

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The system detects that an Errored Frame message is
issued at the opposing site.

Remote Errored Frame Period

ETH [GBE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The system detects that an Errored Frame Period
message is issued at the opposing site.

Remote Errored Frame Seconds Summary

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The system detects that an Errored Frame Seconds
Summary message is issued at the opposing site.

Remote Errored Frame Symbol Period

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The system detects that an Errored Symbol Period
message is issued at the opposing site.

Remote Link Fault

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV]


This condition indicates that Ethernet link failure at the opposing site is detected via
the incoming port. This is an alarm regarding IEEE802.3ah, Link OAM.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-73

Procedure 5-71
1. Check if any alarms occur to the equipment or cable connections at n the
opposing site, and if any exist, clear them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Remote Link Fault alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

RS DEG

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that the system detects B1 Byte error in Regenerator Section
(RS Degraded) on the STM-1 Port.

Procedure 5-72
1. Check the following:

 If any alarm(s) occur(s) to the far-end NE that is associated with the


indicated facility, clear it/them.
 Dust and dirt may be considered to cause the error. Clean the optical
connectors of the indicated facility. (Verify that the connection(s) are
properly and securely made again after the cleaning.)
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RS DEG alarm is cleared.

3. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the SFP.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RS DEG alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

RS EXC

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that B1 Byte error occurs to the Regenerator Section on the
STM-1 Port

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-74 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Procedure 5-73
1. Check the following:
 If any alarm(s) occur(s) to the far-end NE that is associated with the
indicated facility, clear it/them.
 Dust and dirt may be considered to cause the error. Clean the optical
connectors of the indicated facility. (Verify that the connection(s) are
properly and securely made again after the cleaning.)

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RS EXC alarm is cleared.

3. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the SFP.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RS EXC alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

RS LOF

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that Loss of SDH Frame synchronization is detected from
the Regenerator Section on the STM-1 Port. The problem of this condition pertains to
an optical fiber cable or to the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-74
1. Check the optical fiber cable and the connector of the upstream equipment. If any
inappropriate condition(s) is/are found, correct it/them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RS LOF alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

RS TIM

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that TIM (Trace Identifier Mismatch) is detected from the
Regenerator Section on the STM-1 Port. The problem of this condition pertains to the
J0 setting, or to the far-end NE.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-75

Procedure 5-75
1. Launch WebLCT to display the STM-1 Port Setting window.

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Provisioning ➜ E1/STM-1/Cross Connect Setting ➜ STM-1 Port Setting

2. Check if the value of Received Section Trace and that of Expected Section
Trace match.

3. Do they match?
 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Correct the value.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RS TIM alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

RS UAS Status

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that UAS (Unavailable
Seconds) status of Regenerator Section at STM-1 Port.

Running Status

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the current running status of
the redundant Main Cards.

RX Bus Error

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


16E1 [16E1-A Card]
STM-1 [STM1-A Card]
ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
MSE [MSE-A Card]
This condition indicates that Bus Error (equipment internal failure) is detected at the
receiving port. A hardware failure is likely to cause this condition.

1. Replace the indicated Card.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the RX Bus Error alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-76 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

RX Level

ODU
This condition indicates that the receiving level is lower than the threshold level
(between –72 to –94 dBm according to the modulation system and bit rates).

Procedure 5-76
Refer to 5.4.2 Troubleshoot ODU RX Section for the procedure.

RX Modulation

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the modulation system at
the receiving side has been changed.

RX SW Status

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the state of Radio interface RX
SW usage in the redundant configuration.

SBY Communication FAIL (TERM)

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure is detected from the bus between the Standby
MC-MV Card and TERM-MV Card. A hardware failure of the Standby MC-MV
Card or MC-MV Card is likely to cause this condition.

Procedure 5-77
1. Replace the Standby MC-MV Card.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SBY Communication FAIL
(TERM) alarm is cleared.

3. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the TERM-MV Card.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SBY Communication FAIL
(TERM) alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further
maintenance support. This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-77

SBY RX Bus Error

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure is detected from the bus between the Standby
MC-MV Card and an Interface card. A hardware failure of the Standby MC-MV
Card is likely to cause this condition.

Procedure 5-78
1. Replace the Standby MC-MV Card.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SBY RX Bus Error alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

SBY TX Bus Error

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition indicates that a failure is detected from the bus between the Standby
MC-MV Card and an Interface card. A hardware failure of the interface card or the
Standby MC-MV Card is likely to cause this condition.

Procedure 5-79
1. Check if the interface card issues TX Bus Error.

2. Is TX Bus Error issued?


 YES: Replace the interface card, and go to Step 3..
 NO: Go to Step 5.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SBY TX BUS Error alarm is
cleared.
4. Is the SBY TX Bus Error alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 5.
5. Replace the Standby MC-MV Card.

6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SBY TX Bus Error alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-78 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

SFP Port Type

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates if the SFP Port is optical or
electrical.

SFP Removed

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
This condition indicates that the system cannot detect the SFP Module on the
indicated port. This condition is caused if the SFP is not properly plugged in, is not
mounted, or is defective.

Procedure 5-80
1. Check if the SFP on the indicated port is properly and securely plugged in.
 If the indicated port is vacant, mount an SFP Module onto the appropriate
port.
 If an SPF module is mounted on the indicated port, dismount and remount it
to ensure the mounted condition.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SFP Removed alarm is cleared.
3. Is the alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the SFP module.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SFP Removed alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

SFP Type Mismatch

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]


ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
This condition indicates that the provided SFP Port type and the mounted SFP
Module do not match.

Procedure 5-81
 For Ethernet Port or STM-1 Port, go to Step 1.
 For other ports, go to Step 4.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-79

1. Launch WebLCT, and display the Inventory window to check the port
configuration. Correct the setting(s) if any inappropriate setting is found.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SFP Type Mismatch alarm is
cleared.
3. Is the SFP Type Mismatch alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Go to Step 4.
4. Check if the mounted SFP Module is the correct type for the port.

5. Is the type of SFP Module appropriate?


 YES: Contact NEC.
 NO: Replace SFP Module, and go to Step 6.
6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the SFP Type Mismatch alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

SNCP Protection Status

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the Path Protection Switching
status.

SNCP SW

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the Path Protection
Switching was carried out.

Softkey Equip Serial Mismatch

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


If Alarm is indicated for the Status, the serial number of Software License Key
installed in the MC-MV Card and that of equipment do no match.

Procedure 5-82
If this condition occurs, contact NEC to obtain the correct Softkey, and download it.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-80 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Speed & Duplex

ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the current status of speed
and duplex mode of the indicated port.

Squelch

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the External Clock Output
is in the squelch condition.

SSM Fail

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition indicates that the received Sync Status Message is in the unstable
condition. The problem of this condition pertains to the input cable or to the external
timing source.

STM-1 AIS Generated

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the Alarm Indication Signal
is generated on the indicated STM-1 optical port.

STM-1 LOS

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that LOS (Loss of Signal) is detected from the incoming
signal on the STM-1 optical port. The problem of this condition pertains to the
optical fiber cable, or to the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-83
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the far-end NE that is associated with the
indicated facility, and correct it/them if any exist(s).
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the STM-1 LOS alarm is cleared.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-81

3. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Check if the optical fiber cable is properly and securely connected, then
go to Step 4.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the STM-1 LOS alarm is cleared.

5. Is the alarm cleared?


 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the optical fiber cable, then go to Step 6.
6. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the STM-1 LOS alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Switch Complete

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the switching process is
completed.

Switch Over FAIL

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the switching operation
failed.

Switched Reason

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message informs the factor that made to switch
the MC-MV Cards.

Switched Time

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message informs the date and time when the
switching operation for MC-MV Cards was carried out.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-82 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

TDM Buffer Underrun

MSE [MSE-A Card]

This condition indicates that a packet to TDM Jitter Buffer Underrun is detected from
the pseudo-wire connection. The problem of this condition pertains to the cable
connection, far-end NE, or to the packet jitter in the network.

Procedure 5-84
1. Check if the cable connections are appropriate, and if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the
far-end NE. If anything inappropriate is/are found, correct it/them.
 Increasing the jitter buffer size may solve the issue if the condition is cause
by the packet jitter in the network.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the TDM Buffer Underrun alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

TDM/AMR Range Mismatch

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates the following:


 Number of TDM (E1/STM-1) Channel Mappings specified at the local site and
that at the opposing site do not match.
 Selected AMR Modulation types at the local site and that at the opposing site do
not match.

Procedure 5-85
1. Launch the WebLCT, and check the AMR / Radio Mapping Configuration:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Equipment Setup ➜ AMR / Radio Mapping Configuration

2. Verify the following:


 Check if the specified number of TDM (E1/STM-1) Channels at both the
local site and the opposing site are all the same.
 Check if the usage of AMR Ranges at both the local site and the opposing
site are all the same.
If the settings do not match, correct them. For the WebLCT procedure, refer to

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-83

4.5 AMR/Radio Mapping Configuration in the Set Network and System


Provisioning manual.

3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Usage Error alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Temperature

Main Card [MC-MV Card]

This condition indicates that the temperature within IDU exceeds the operational
limitation.

Procedure 5-86
1. Check the room temperature, and adjust it.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Temperature alarm is cleared.
NOTE: Wait at least for an hour in the adjusted air before checking the
Current Status.

If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

TERM Card Change

TERM [TERM-MV Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that a change has been made to
the TERM-MV Card.

TF

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that the indicated SFP Module has failure.

Procedure 5-87
1. Replace the SFP.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the TF alarm is cleared. If the alarm is
not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-84 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Total FDB Full

IDU

This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the Dynamic Entry in L2
Switch has reached the maximum number.

TU AIS

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) is detected from the
incoming TU (Tributary Unit) signal on the indicated facility. The problem of this
condition pertains to the LPA function of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-88
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the far-end NE that is associated with the
indicated facility, and correct it/them if any exist(s).
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the TU AIS alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

TU LOP

STM-1 [STM1-A Card]

This condition indicates that LOP (Loss of Pointer) is detected from the incoming TU
(Tributary Unit) signal on the indicated facility. The problem of this condition
pertains to the HPA function of the far-end NE.

Procedure 5-89
1. Check if any alarm(s) occur(s) to the far-end NE that is associated with the
indicated facility, and correct it/them if any exist(s).
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the TU LOP alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-85

TX Bus Error

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


16E1 [16E1-A Card]
STM-1 [STM1-A Card]
ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
MSE [MSE-A Card]

This condition indicates that the data communication Bus failure is detected from a
signal at the outgoing direction. This condition is caused by the hardware failure on
the Card.

Procedure 5-90
1. Replace the target Card.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the TX Bus Error alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

TX Input

ODU

This condition indicates that TX IF signal level is out of the range (–29 dBm ±5 dB).

Procedure 5-91
Refer to 5.4.1 Troubleshoot ODU TX Section for the procedure(s).

TX Modulation

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition is not an alarm. The message informs that the modulation system of
MODEM-A/EA Card at the transmitting side has been changed.

TX Power

ODU

This condition indicates that the transmitting power level of ODU is lower than 3 dB.

Procedure 5-92
Refer to 5.4.1 Troubleshoot ODU TX Section for the procedure(s).

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-86 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

TX SW Lock-in Status

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates that the TX Switching
operation is in the locked-in status.

TX SW Reverse Request

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]


This condition is not an alarm. The message indicates the receiving condition of the
TX SW Signal at the opposing site.

TX SW Status

ODU

This condition is not an alarm.The message indicates the state of Radio Interface TX
SW usage in the 1+1 HS Redundant Configuration.

Type Mismatch

ODU
MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]
TERM [TERM-MV Card]
16E1 [16E1-A Card]
STM-1 [STM1-A Card]
ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
MSE [MSE-A Card]
This condition indicates that the indicated object is not supported by iPASOLINK VR
10 system, or is not operational by the provisioned modulation settings.

Procedure 5-93
1. Launch the WebLCT, and display the Inventory window to check the
configuration. If any setting is found inappropriate, correct it/them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Type Mismatch alarm is cleared.
3. Is the alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the indicated object, then go to Step 4.
4. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Type Mismatch alarm is cleared.
If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-87

UAE

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that the Unavailable Second Event is detected.

Procedure 5-94
1. Check the Current Alarms, and if any other alarms occur(s), clear it/them.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the UAE alarm is cleared. If the alarm
is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Unequipped

Main Card [MC-MV Card]


MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]
16E1 [16E1-A Card]
STM-1 [STM1-A Card]
ETH [GbE-A Card, XGbE-MV Card]
MSE [MSE-A Card]
PS [PS-MV Card]
FAN [FAN-MV Card]
TERM [TERM-MV Card]

This condition indicates that the registered slot is vacant. This condition is caused by
an inappropriate installation as well.

Procedure 5-95
1. Check the slot of the indicated Card/
2. Is the Card mounted in the indicated slot?

 YES: Check if it is the appropriate Card for the slot, and/or if it is properly
mounted. If not, correct the mounting condition.
 NO: Mount the appropriate Card to the slot.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Unequipped alarm is cleared.
4. Is the alarm cleared?
 YES: This step ends the procedure.
 NO: Replace the Card, and go to Step 5.
5. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Unequipped alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-88 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

Unlocked

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that the status of Wireless Synchronization at the local side is
unstable (clock is not locked).
Procedure 5-96
1. Check the equipment clock setting at both local and remote site, and adjust it/
them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Unlocked alarm is cleared. If the
alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

Usage Error

16E1 [16E1-A Card]

This condition indicates that the E1 Port that is registered as Not Used receives the
signals. This condition is caused by the inappropriate cable installation as well.

Procedure 5-97
1. Check the indicated E1 Port if it has a cable connection.

2. Launch the WebLCT, and check the usage of target E1 Port:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Provisioning ➜ E1/STM-1/Cross Connect Setting ➜ E1 Port Setting
 Verify the usage of E1 Ports.
 According to the E1 Ports usage, set the indicated E1 Port to Used, or
remove the cable from the indicated port to connect it to the appropriate port.
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the Usage Error alarm is cleared. If
the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

XIF

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that a failure is detected from the XIF Cable connection
between the Master XPIC and Slave MODEM-A/EA Cards.

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-89

Procedure 5-98
1. Check if the XIF Cable is properly connected. If not, connect it properly.

2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the XIF alarm is cleared. If the alarm is
not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

XPIC Mode Mismatch

MODEM [MODEM-A/EA Card]

This condition indicates that the XPIC Configuration is not properly enabled by two
MODEM-A/EA Cards. The condition may be caused by inappropriate assignment of
Master and Slave.

Procedure 5-99
1. Check if the assignments of Master/Slave for XPIC Configuration at the
opposing site are appropriate. If not, correct them.
2. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the XPIC Mode Mismatch alarm is
cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further maintenance
support.
This step ends the procedure.

XPIC Pair Mute Mode Mismatch

MODEM [MODEM-EA Card]


This condition indicates that the settings of XPIC Pair Mute Mode at the local site
and that at its opposing sites do not match.

Procedure 5-100
1. Launch WebLCT.

2. Check and match the settings of XPIC Pair Mode of the alarmed MODEM and its
opposed MODEM:

◆ WebLCT Menu Path:


Provisioning ➜ MODEM Function Setting
➜ XPIC Setting
3. Retrieve the Current Status, and check if the XPIC Pair Mute Mode Mismatch
alarm is cleared. If the alarm is not cleared, contact NEC for the further
maintenance support.
This step ends the procedure.

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-90 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.8 Alarm Action Table

5.8.1 STM-1 Interface [Through Mode]

STM-1 INTERFACE [THROUGH MODE]

PHYSICAL REGENERATOR SECTION REGENERATOR SECTION EQUIPMENT


SECTION (INCOMING) (OUTGOING) PATH

Equipment
Fail

TF AIS
(SW-bit)

LOF

AIS_GEN
AIS

OPT
SHUTDOWN (AIS)

LOS

LOF AIS
(all-ONEs)

AIS
(SW bit)

RS-EXC SF
(SW-bit)

RS-DEG SD
(SW-bit)

(Detection); (AIS Insertion); (Effective if assigned)

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 5-91

5.8.2 STM-1 Interface [Channelized Mode]

STM-1 INTERFACE [CHANNELIZED MODE]

PHYSICAL RS MS AU HOP TU LOP E1 EQUIPMENT


SECTION PATH
TF AIS_GEN
Equipment
Fail

Shutdown
AIS
AIS_GEN (SW-bit)

SF
(SW-bit)
LOS AIS_GEN
LOF
AIS
RS-TMI (all-ONEs)

MS-AIS

RS-EXC SF (SW bit)

RS-DEG SD
AIS (SW-bit)
MS-RDI (all-ONEs)

AU-AIS
MS-RDI
AIS
AU-LOP (all-ONEs)

HP-UNEQ

HP-TIM

HP-RDI

HP-LOM

HP-PLM AIS
(all-ONEs)
HP-RDI

TU-AIS AIS
(all-ONEs)
TU-LOP

LP-UNEQ

LP-RDI

LP-PLM AIS
(SW-bit)
LP-RDI
AIS
RS (Regenerator Section); MS (Multiplex Section); AU (Administrative Unit); HOP (Higher Order Path); TU (Tributary Unit);
LOP (Lower Order Path); (Detection); (AIS Insertion); (Effective if assigned)

IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE GGS-000374-02E

2016-06-21 NEC India internal


5-92/END CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

5.8.3 E1 Interface

E1 INTERFACE

E1 EQUIPMENT PATH

Equipment Fail

AIS (SW-bit)

AIS_GEN SF (SW-bit)

LOF

AIS (SW-bit)

AIS_GEN

GGS-000374-02E IPASOLINK VR 10: OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

2016-06-21 NEC India internal

S-ar putea să vă placă și